1 PROJECT DETAILS Name of Project Draft Environmental Impact

PROJECT DETAILS Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha Name of (2212.455 Acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Project Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. Project ABC/EIA/2018-19/26 Version 2 Released March 2021 Number CONTACT DETAILS ABC Techno Labs India Pvt Ltd. #400, 13th Street, SIDCO Industrial Estate (North Phase) Ambattur – 600 098 Land Mark: Near National Productivity Council Ph: +91-44-2616 1123 / 24 / 25. Fax: +91-44-2616 3456 E-mail: [email protected] DISCLAIMER ABC Techno Labs has used information provided to it by the Client and governmental registers, databases, departments and agencies in the preparation of this report. ABC Techno Labs does not know, nor does it have any reason to suspect, that the information provided to it was false, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading at the time of its receipt.

This report is supplied on the basis that while ABC Techno Labs believes all the information in it is deemed reliable at the time of publication, it does not warrant its accuracy or completeness and to the full extent allowed by law excludes liability in contract or otherwise, for any loss or damage sustained by any person or body corporate arising from or in connection with the supply or use of the whole or any part of the information in this report through any cause whatsoever.

ABC Techno Labs also believes that the facts presented in this report are accurate as on date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions.

ABC Techno Labs therefore, specifically disclaim any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual section.

DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT

This EIA report has been prepared by ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited in line with EIA Notification, dated 14th September 2006, seeking prior Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, New Delhi. This work has been undertaken in accordance with ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms & Conditions of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client. We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters outside the scope of the above. Further, this report is confidential to the client and the use of this report by unauthorized third parties without written authorization from ABC Techno Labs shall be at their own risk.

For and on behalf of ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited Approved by : G.Murugesh

Sign : Designation : Chairman & Managing Director Date : 01st February 2021

DISCLOSURE AS PER NABET /QCI Details as per Schedule of EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date Name of Publication Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. Schedule as per EIA 7(c) notification 2006 Category A NABET Sector No. 31 – Industrial estates/ Parks/ Complexes/ Areas, Export processing zone (EPZs), Special economic zones (SEZs), Biotech parks, Leather complexes.

DECLARATION: Declaration by experts contributing to the Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh by Sri City (P) Ltd. I hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA/EMP.

EIA Co-ordinator Name : K Paramasivam Signature :

Period of Involvement : May 2018 – Till date Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Experts: Functional S.No Name of the Expert/s Involvement (Period) Signature & Date Areas 1. May 2018 – Till date GEO Mr.M.S.Bhaskar 2. AQ May 2018 – Till date 3. RH Mrs.K.Vijayalakshmi May 2018 – Till date 4. NV May 2018 – Till date 5. AP Mr. Muttaiah Mariappan May 2018 – Till date 6. EB Abhik Saha May 2018 – Till date 7. SW & HW 8. LU May 2018 – Till date

9. WP Dr. R.K.Jayaseelan May 2018 – Till date 10. HG May 2018 – Till date 11. RatnaKumar V. Mudliar May 2018 – Till date SC 12. May 2018 – Till date SE Sushil Meshram

Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization I, Mr. G. Murugesh, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP Report for the proposed Environmental Impact Assessment Report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh by M/s. Sri City (P) Ltd. I also confirm that ABC Techno Labs India Pvt. Ltd. shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement. : Signature

Name : Mr. G. Murugesh Designation : Chairman & Managing Director Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: : NABET/EIA/1922/RA 0155 date 22nd May 2022

Table of Content:

CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 15 1.1 Project Background ...... 15 1.2 Identification Of Project & Project Proponent ...... 16 1.2.1 Identification Of Project ...... 16 1.2.2 Project Proponent ...... 16 1.3 Overview Of The Poject ...... 16 1.3.1 Nature Of The Project ...... 16 1.3.2 Location Of The Project ...... 17 1.3.3 Purpose Of The Report ...... 17 1.3.4 Project Screening (Category A) & Terms Of Reference (Tor) ...... 17 1.4 Objective Of The Study ...... 18 1.5 Methodology Adopted For The Study ...... 18 1.6 Applicable Regulatory Frame Work ...... 19 1.7 Structure Of Eia Report ...... 20 1.8 Compliance Of Terms Of Reference ...... 22 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 29 2.1 About The Project ...... 29 2.2 Location Of The Project ...... 29 2.3 Type Of Project ...... 33 2.4 Size Or Magnitude Of The Project ...... 38 2.5 Topography Of The Project Site ...... 38 2.6 Summary Of Environmental Complaince ...... 38 2.7 Existing Monitoring Details ...... 39 2.8 Overview Of Exisiting Infrastructure ...... 40 2.8.1 Road Network ...... 40 2.8.2 Power ...... 40 2.8.3 Telecom ...... 41 2.9 Overview Of Exisiting Environmental Management Plan ...... 41 2.9.1 Air Quality ...... 41 2.9.2 Water Supply & Treatment Plant ...... 42 2.9.3 Sewerage System & Sewage Treatment Plant ...... 42 2.9.4 Waste Management ...... 44 2.9.5 Fire Fighting System ...... 48 2.9.6 Energy Conservation Measures ...... 48 2.9.7 Storm Water Drainage ...... 50 2.9.8 Green Belt ...... 51 2.10 Proposed Infrastructure ...... 52 2.10.1 Industrial Area (Processing Area) ...... 52 2.10.2 Residential Area (Non Processing Area) ...... 52

2.10.3 Social Infrastructure ...... 52 2.11 Connectivity ...... 52 2.12 Employment Generation Due To The Project ...... 54 2.13 Power Requirement ...... 54 2.14 Proposed Water Requirement ...... 54 2.15 Sewerage System & Sewage Treatment Plant ...... 57 2.16 Solid Waste Generation & Management ...... 58 2.17 Rehabilitation & Resettlement ...... 60 2.18 Cost Of The Project ...... 60 3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ...... 61 3.1 Introduction ...... 61 3.2 Scope Of Baseline Study ...... 61 3.3 Administrative Setup ...... 63 3.3.1 Chittoor ...... 63 3.4 Meteorology And Climate ...... 64 3.4.1 Climatic Condition ...... 64 3.4.2 Regional Meteorology...... 66 3.4.3 Site Specific Meteorology ...... 68 3.5 Geomorphology ...... 69 3.6 Drainage Pattern ...... 71 3.7 Hydrogeology ...... 73 3.8 Seismicity ...... 74 3.9 Land Use Pattern ...... 76 3.9.1 District Land Use/Land Cover Statistics ...... 76 3.9.2 Land Use Pattern Of The Study Area ...... 77 3.9.3 Land Use / Land Cover Of The Study Area ...... 80 3.10 Air Environment ...... 86 3.10.1 Selection Of Sampling Locations ...... 87 3.10.2 Parameters For Sampling ...... 89 3.10.3 Instruments Used For Sampling ...... 89 3.10.4 Sampling And Analytical Techniques ...... 89 3.10.5 Results ...... 90 3.10.6 Observation ...... 93 3.11 Noise Environment ...... 94 3.11.1 Identification Of Sampling Locations ...... 94 3.11.2 Instruments Used For Sampling ...... 96 3.11.3 Method Of Monitoring ...... 96 3.11.4 Results ...... 97 3.11.5 Observations ...... 98 3.12 Water Environment ...... 99 3.12.1 Sampling Locations ...... 99 3.12.2 Results ...... 100

3.12.3 Observations ...... 113 3.13 Soil Environment ...... 116 3.13.1 Soil Profile Of District ...... 116 3.13.2 Soil Analysis ...... 116 3.13.3 Results ...... 118 3.13.4 Observation ...... 122 3.14 Ecological Environment ...... 122 3.14.1 Terrestrial Ecology ...... 122 3.14.2 Aquatic Ecology ...... 142 3.14.3 Environmental Sensitivity ...... 146 3.15 Socioeconomic Environment ...... 146 3.15.1 District Profile ...... 147 3.15.2 Methodology ...... 148 3.15.3 Demographic Structure ...... 149 3.15.4 Socio Economic Structure ...... 151 3.15.5 Infrastructure Resources ...... 153 3.15.6 Livelihood In The Local Villages ...... 155 3.15.7 Archaeological Site & Tourism ...... 155 3.15.8 Indigenous People ...... 159 3.15.9 Major Findings By Field Survey ...... 159 3.15.10 Major Awareness And Opinion Of People About The Project ...... 160 3.15.11 Quality Of Life ...... 160 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 163 4.1 Introduction ...... 163 4.2 Objectives Of Eia ...... 163 4.2.1 Sources Of Pollution ...... 163 4.3 Impacts And Mitigation During Construction Phase ...... 166 4.3.1 Vegetation And Wildlife Habitat ...... 166 4.3.2 Ambient Air Quality ...... 166 4.3.3 Noise Environment ...... 168 4.3.4 Water Environment ...... 168 4.3.5 Storm Water Management And Rain Water Harvesting ...... 169 4.4 Impacts And Mitigation Measures During Operation Phase ...... 173 4.4.1 Ambient Air Quality ...... 173 4.4.2 Noise Environment ...... 181 4.4.3 Water Environment ...... 185 4.4.4 Land Environment ...... 185 4.4.5 Odour ...... 186 4.4.6 Ecology ...... 188 4.4.7 Soco Economic ...... 188 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 190

5.1 Siting Criteria ...... 190 5.2 Site Selection ...... 191 5.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 192 5.4 Alternative Energy ...... 192 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ...... 193 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 193 6.2 Objectives Of Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 193 6.3 Suggested Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 194 6.4 Environmental Laboratory Equipment ...... 195 6.5 Schedule Of Monitoring Data ...... 195 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 196 7.1 Risk Assessment ...... 196 7.2 Hazard Identification...... 196 7.2.1 Safety Management Plan ...... 196 7.2.2 Hazard Assessment And Evaluation ...... 197 7.3 Disaster Management Plan ...... 198 7.3.1 Onsite Dmp ...... 199 7.3.2 Offsite Dmp ...... 200 7.4 Risk & Emergency Prepardness Plan ...... 201 7.5 Traffic Study Report ...... 201 8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 208 8.1 Significance Of The Proposed Project ...... 208 8.2 Improvement In Physical Infrastructure ...... 208 8.3 Improvement In Socio – Economic Conditions ...... 208 8.4 New Economic Opportunities And Employment Potential ...... 209 8.5 Development Of Ancillary Industries ...... 210 8.6 Contribution To State Exchequer ...... 210 8.7 Corporate Social Responsibility ...... 210 8.8 Sri City Covid-19 (Survival & Revival) ...... 215 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ...... 218 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 219 10.1 Introduction ...... 219 10.2 Environmental Management Cell ...... 219 10.3 Energy Conservation Measures ...... 220 10.4 Environmental Management During Construction Phase ...... 220 10.4.1 Air Environment ...... 220 10.4.2 Water Environment ...... 221 10.4.3 Noise Environment ...... 221 10.4.4 Land Environment ...... 221

10.4.5 Solid Waste Mitigation Measures ...... 221 10.4.6 Drainage ...... 222 10.5 Environmental Management During Operation Phase ...... 228 10.5.1 Air Quality Management ...... 228 10.5.2 Noise Quality Management ...... 228 10.5.3 Water And Waste Water Quality Management ...... 229 10.5.4 Rain Water Harvesting And Storm Water Management ...... 229 10.5.5 Solid Waste And Hazardous Waste Management ...... 232 10.5.6 Green Belt Development ...... 232 10.5.7 Traffic Management ...... 236 10.5.8 Fire Safety Measures ...... 236 10.5.9 Human Health And Safety Management ...... 236 10.6 Socio – Economic Benefits ...... 237 10.6.1 Employment Potential...... 237 10.6.2 Safety And Security ...... 237 10.7 Budgetry Provision ...... 238 10.7.1 Environment Policy Of Sri City ...... 239 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ...... 240 11.1 Introduction ...... 240 11.2 Environmental Setting Of The Site ...... 240 11.3 Site Connectivity ...... 241 11.4 Project Site Area ...... 241 11.5 Water Requirement Of The Site ...... 241 11.6 Wastewater Generation ...... 242 11.7 Solid Waste Generation ...... 242 11.8 Power Requirement ...... 243 11.9 Analysis Of Alternstive Sites Considered ...... 243 11.10 Baseline Study ...... 244 11.11 Socio – Economic Environment ...... 246 11.12 Green Belt Development ...... 247 11.13 Disaster Management Plan ...... 247 11.14 Environmental Management System And Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 249 11.15 Environmental Monitoring Program ...... 249 11.16 Benefits Of The Proposed Project ...... 250 11.17 Conclusion ...... 251 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ...... 252 12.1 Introduction ...... 252 12.2 Services Of Abc Techno Labs India Private Limited ...... 253 12.3 Sectors Accredited By Nabet ...... 254 12.4 Study Team ...... 255

List of Tables Table 1-1: Legal Framework ...... 19 Table 1-2: Compliance of ToR ...... 22 Table 2-1: Probable list of Upcoming Industries ...... 33 Table 2-2: Environmental Setting of the Project Site ...... 37 Table 2-3: Villages for Phase II ...... 38 Table 2-4: Land Use Breakup for the proposed Project ...... 38 Table 2-5: Water Requirement Details ...... 55 Table 2-6: Estimation of Solid Waste from proposed site for Phase II ...... 58 Table 3-1: Various Environmental Attributes ...... 61 Table 3-2: Frequency and Monitoring Methodology ...... 62 Table 3-3: Rainfall Distribution and Departure from Mean ...... 65 Table 3-4: Historical Meteorological Data at IMD Chennai-Nungambakkam (1971-2000) ...... 66 Table 3-5: Site Specific Weather Report for the Study Period ...... 68 Table 3-6: Details of Land Utilization...... 76 Table 3-7: LU/LC Statistics of study area ...... 86 Table 3-8: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 87 Table 3-9: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters (NAAQS) ...... 89 Table 3-10: Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results – Part I ...... 91 Table 3-11: Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results – Part II ...... 92 Table 3-12: Noise Quality Monitoring Stations ...... 95 Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Level ...... 97 Table 3-14: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 99 Table 3-15 : Results for Ground Water Analysis – Part I ...... 102 Table 3-16: Results for Ground Water Analysis Part – II ...... 104 Table 3-17: Results for Surface Water Analysis Part - I ...... 106 Table 3-18: Results for Surface Water Analysis Part – II ...... 109 Table 3-19: Soil Sampling Locations ...... 117 Table 3-20: Soil Quality Results Part I ...... 119 Table 3-21: Soil Quality Results Part II ...... 120 Table 3-22: Standard Soil Classification ...... 121 Table 3-23: Details of Locations for plot Survey ...... 128 Table 3-24: Floristic Diversity in the Study Area ...... 129 Table 3-25: PhytoSociological Analysis of Tree Species...... 133 Table 3-26: Interpretation of Vegetation Results in the Study Area ...... 136 Table 3-27: Interpretation of Vegetation Results in the Study Area ...... 136 Table 3-28: Fauna Recorded from the Primary Survey in the Study Area and their Conservation Status ...... 138 Table 3-29: Characterization of Fauna in the Study Area (As Per W.P Act, 1972) ...... 140 Table 3-30: Description of Flora & Fauna ...... 141 Table 3-31: Analysis Result of Phytoplankton ...... 143 Table 3-32: Analysis Result of Zooplankton ...... 145

Table 3-33: List of Other Fish Species Reported ...... 145 Table 3-34: Summary of Demographic Structure of project Site ...... 149 Table 3-35: Summary of Demographic Structure in Study Area ...... 150 Table 4-1: Impact Prediction Matrix for proposed project activities ...... 165 Table 4-2: Construction Fugitive Dust Emission Factors...... 167 Table 4-3: Resultant Concentrations for Point Source ...... 176 Table 4-4: Resultant Concentrations for Vehicle (Line) Source ...... 178 Table 4-5: Noise sources in the study area ...... 182 Table 4-6: Permissible Exposure in Cases of Continuous Noise ...... 182 Table 5-1: Site Selection Criteria – Areas to be avoided ...... 190 Table 5-2: Siting Criteria of the proposed project ...... 191 Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Schedule ...... 194 Table 6-2: List of Equipment proposed for Environmental Laboratory ...... 195 Table 7-1: Preliminary Hazard Analysis for Process and Storage area ...... 197 Table 7-2: Equivalency Factors for Various Types of Vehicles on Urban Roads ...... 204 Table 7-3: Details of Traffic Monitoring Locations ...... 204 Table 7-4: Summary of PCUs Observed On Study Locations ...... 204 Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan – Construction Phase ...... 223 Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan – Operation Phase ...... 225 Table 10-3: Air Pollution Control Measures ...... 228 Table 10-4: Budgetary Provision for EMP ...... 238 Table 11-1: Site Salient Features ...... 240 Table 11-2: Site Connectivity ...... 241 Table 11-3: Land use Breakup of the proposed project ...... 241 Table 11-4: Solid waste quantities from the proposed project...... 242 Table 11-5: Environmental Monitoring Program ...... 249

List of Figures Figure 1-1: Infrastructure at Sri City ...... 17 Figure 2-1: Strategic location of the project site ...... 29 Figure 2-2: Location Map of the project Site ...... 30 Figure 2-3: Google Image Showing 10km from Project Site ...... 31 Figure 2-4: Topomap covering 10km radius ...... 32 Figure 2-5: Zone wise layout map for the proposed phase II ...... 36 Figure 2-6: Composition chart of Last six months data ...... 42 Figure 2-7: Internal Roads from Phase I ...... 53 Figure 2-8: Road Connectivity map for Phase II ...... 53 Figure 2-9: Water Balance Chart for Phase II...... 56 Figure 2-10: Water Treatment Plant Flowchart ...... 57 Figure 2-11: Solid Waste Dumping Map ...... 59 Figure 3-1: Mean Monthly Rainfall Distribution ...... 64 Figure 3-2: Cumulative Departure of Annual Rainfall from LPA ...... 65 Figure 3-3: Wind rose diagram for the Month of October, November, December 2020 & January 2021 – IMD Chennai (Nungambakkam) ...... 67 Figure 3-4: Site Specific Wind Rose Diagram ...... 69 Figure 3-5: Geomorphology of Chittoor ...... 70 Figure 3-6: Geomorphology map of 10Km radius ...... 71 Figure 3-7: Drainage Map of Region ...... 72 Figure 3-8: Drainage Map of 10Km Radius ...... 73 Figure 3-9: Hydrogeology of the region ...... 74 Figure 3-10: Seismicity Map of the Site ...... 75 Figure 3-11: Seismicity of Chittor District ...... 75 Figure 3-12: Land Use / Land Cover of Chittoor District ...... 77 Figure 3-13: Satellite Imagery of the Study Area ...... 79 Figure 3-14: Contour of the Study Area ...... 79 Figure 3-15: Flowchart showing the methodology adopted for LU/LC mapping ...... 83 Figure 3-16: Land Use / Land Cover of the 10Km Radius o0f Study Area...... 85 Figure 3-17: Pie Diagram of 10 Km Radius LU/LC of Study Area ...... 86 Figure 3-18: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Image ...... 88 Figure 3-19: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Photographs ...... 88 Figure 3-20: Graphical Representation of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ...... 93 Figure 3-21: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 95 Figure 3-22: Noise Monitoring Photographs ...... 96 Figure 3-23: Graphical Representation of Noise Monitoring Results ...... 98 Figure 3-24: Water monitoring Locations ...... 100 Figure 3-25: Water Monitoring Photographs ...... 101 Figure 3-26: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 117 Figure 3-27: Soil Sampling Monitoring Photographs ...... 118 Figure 3-28: Map showing the Bio-geographic Provinces of India ...... 125

Figure 3-29: Distribution of Floral Community ...... 131 Figure 3-30: Distribution of Faunal Communities ...... 140 Figure 3-31: Schedule of Wildlife Protection Act 1972 ...... 141 Figure 3-32: Phytoplankton Distribution ...... 143 Figure 3-33: Zooplankton Distribution ...... 145 Figure 3-34: Discussion with Villagers ...... 161 Figure 4-1: Hydrology Map of Sri City Phase II ...... 171 Figure 4-2: Catchment Area of 5km Surrounding from Sri City ...... 172 Figure 4-3: Surrounding Roads Considered ...... 175 Figure 4-4: Wind Rose diagram for the study area ...... 175 Figure 4-5: Isopelths PM of Project Site ...... 176

Figure 4-6: Isopelths of NOx of Project Site ...... 177

Figure 4-7: Isopelths of SO2 of Project Site ...... 177 Figure 4-8: Isopleths CO of project site ...... 178 Figure 4-9: Noise Model Showing Noise levels from the Diesel Generator ...... 183 Figure 4-10: Noise Model Showing Noise levels from the Diesel Generator ...... 184 Figure 7-1: Satellite Image of the Project Site ...... 202 Figure 7-2: Location of Traffic Survey ...... 203 Figure 7-3: Surrounding roads of the project Site ...... 203 Figure 10-1: Environmental Management Cell ...... 220 Figure 10-2: Percolation Pit Details ...... 230 Figure 10-3: Hydrology Map of Sri City Phase II ...... 231 Figure 10-3: Green Zoning ...... 235 Figure 11-1: Water Balance Diagram ...... 242

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND M/s. Sri City is an integrated business city spread over 7500 acres, Sri City includes a multiproduct Special Economic Zone (SEZ), a Domestic Tariff Zone (DTZ), a Free Trade & Warehousing Zone (FTWZ) and an Electronics Manufacturing Cluster. Sri City is home to over 186 companies from 27 countries including multinationals like Kellogg’s, Mondelez, Toray Japan, Alstom, Kobelco, Foxconn, Unicharm, Danieli etc. M/s Sri City has already obtained EC and developed phase I spread over 5400 acres. M/s. Sri City has now proposed to develop Phase II of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. The proposed project falls under Schedule7(c), Category “A” of EIA Notification 2006 i.e. Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas, export processing zones (EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes. The project site falls adjacent to Interstate boundary between Andhra Pradesh – Tamil Nadu and located within 5km (4.5 Km) from the boundary of Pulicat bird sanctuary which is an Eco-sensitive area notified under sub-section (2) of section 3 of the Environment (Protection) act, 1986. Hence, attracting General Conditions of the EIA Notification 2006. The land in phase II consists of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) and is in two parcels. The northern side is 974 acres (Thonduru village) and is near the National Highway 16. The other parcel is on the southern west side is 1238.45 acres consisting of Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages which is 14 Km from the National Highway 16 . Sri City proposes to use the northern part (Tondur village) for social infrastructure only and will not house any industry; the northern area will be dedicated to mix used and creation of social infrastructure needs need of Industrial area i.e southern west side. Sri City proposes to have industries only in the southern west side and this parcel is 6.7 km away from Pulicat ESZ boundary, this area will dedicated to industries and will be termed as industrial area of Phase II expansion project. M/s. Sri City has obtained Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC for the Phase I during 2008 vide No.21-791/2007-IA III dated 16.10.2008. Compliance to the conditions stipulated in the Environmental Clearance is being submitted regularly to the Regional Office of MoEF&CC Chennai. The copy of the last submitted compliance report and CTE & CTO for Phase I is attached as Annexure I.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT Sri City, established in 2006 in one of India’s most backward districts, has now become one of the coveted business destinations in the country. Spread over 5400 acres, Sri City includes a multiproduct Special Economic Zone (SEZ), a Domestic Tariff Zone (DTZ), a Free Trade & Warehousing Zone (FTWZ) and an Electronics Manufacturing Cluster. Sri City is home to over 186 companies from 27 countries including multinationals like Kellogg’s, Murugappa Group, Mondelez, TVS Group, Alstom, Kobelco, Foxconn, and Danieli etc. After establishment of the company, land was acquired and the company applied for EC and obtained the same in October 2008.

1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT Sri City was envisioned and conceptualized as a world-class Integrated Business City. Sri City has become a benchmark for new city developments from its physical infrastructure to its social, educational and recreational facilities, and use of alternative sources of energy. These factors make Sri City a unique project in India, and a model for any new urban development project and is one of the best places in India to live and work in, having recognized that good infrastructure is the key to growth. Sri City’s infrastructure has been planned and built to enable and absorb the projected exponential growth in the region. Sri City has access to four seaports, two airports, NH 16 and the Chennai – Kolkata broad gauge rail line. Availability of power, water and labour has made it very attractive for new manufacturing plants to be established. VISION To provide everything that a business needs and with focus on the Environment and social responsibility. MISSION To create a world-class city that nurtures entrepreneurship and enables career opportunities by bringing out socio-economic development through e-governance, robust infrastructure and ecologically sustainable technologies. 1.3 OVERVIEW OF THE POJECT

1.3.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT The integrated township includes various zones: Industrial, Residential, Commercial, Multiuse, social infra, Transportation & facilities and Green belt. The infrastructure development being proposed includes water supply, distribution network for water supply, internal roads, storm water drains, electrical distribution network, internal street lighting, sewage treatment plants and treated water usage facilities, technical and support buildings, housing along with allied facilities.

Along with these zones area is planned for amenities and utility space, technical and commercial infrastructure to accommodate training centre, R&D centre, commercial buildings like bank and ATMs, offices, restaurants, hospitals, schools, traders, shopping, etc.

Figure 1-1: Infrastructure at Sri City 1.3.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT The Proposed project is located at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District and Andhra Pradesh state. It is situated at latitude of 13°29'15.80"N to 13°30'37.82"N and longitude of 79°57'21.69"E to 80°0'58.97"E. Contour of the project site is high in the south west (SW) direction with 59m and low in the west (W) direction with 16m. The proposed project area is covered under Survey of India Toposheet numbers: 57O15, 57O14, 66C2 and 66C3.

1.3.3 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, dated 14th September 2006 and its subsequent amendments from time to time, this project falls under “7(c) Category A. As this is Expansion from Phase I it is categorized under “Brown Field”. Hence, EIA, EMP along with Public Hearing has to be been conducted for obtaining Environmental Clearance (EC) from Ministry of Environmental Forest & Climatic Change (MoEF&CC). In order to assess the environmental impacts due to the proposed project, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared.

1.3.4 PROJECT SCREENING (CATEGORY A) & TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) As a part of above process, the application (Form-1 & PFR) was submitted for the proposed project to MoEF & CC, for Terms of Reference (ToR). The project proposal was placed in the 243th meeting Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) held on 28th – 30th September 2020. As recommended by the MoEF & CC, ToR was issued vide EAC letter No. IA/AP/NCP/171905/2020, dated: 03/11/2020. The copy of the ToR obtained is enclosed as Annexure II.

M/s. Sri City as part of the compliance to MoEF & CC condition, has appointed M/s. ABC Techno labs India Ltd., Chennai as Environmental Consultants who are accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET), Quality Council of India (QCI), New Delhi. 1.4 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY The EIA/ EMP study is a planning tool to confirm the environmental acceptability, in addition to the statutory requirements. This report presents the results of the EIA process, which is intended to:  To ensure environmental considerations which are explicitly addressed and incorporated into the development decision-making process.  To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, social and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.  To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processes which maintain their respective functions  To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as management opportunities.  To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the same.  The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental Impact Assessment Study within the study area i.e. 10 km radius from the project. 1.5 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the project activities. EIA study has been carried out with the following activities:  A collection of baseline attributes within the study area (10 Km surrounding of the project site) and the nearby possible affected area covered one season environmental data, as per the guidelines of MoEF & CC. The scope includes a collection of baseline data, identify the various environmental parameters such as Meteorology, Ambient Air Quality, Ambient Noise levels, Surface Water Quality, Ground water quality, Ecological Environment & Socio - economic factors.  Identification, prediction, evaluation & mitigation of biophysical, social & other relevant effects of proposed activities on the environment. Accordingly mitigation measures to be adopted have been recommended for critical environment impacts.

 Preparation of Risk Assessment & Emergency Preparedness/Disaster Management Plan for the proposed project.  Delineation of the post-project environmental quality monitoring program as per the requirements of the regulatory authorities.  Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to be adopted for mitigation of the anticipated adverse impacts of the proposed project activities.  Submission of draft EIA report to APPCB to conduct public consultation.  Submitting the Final EIA Report by incorporating proceedings of the public consultation to the MoEF & CC for Environmental Clearance; and  Final presentation before EAC for obtaining Environmental Clearance. 1.6 APPLICABLE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK The proposed project will follow and function under the following Rules, Acts & Regulations that are formulated by the government of India in order to protect the environment and ensure development takes place in a sustainable way. An outline of important environmental legislations and their applicability is given in the Table 1-1. Table 1-1: Legal Framework S. No Act Purpose Objective 1 The Environment New, Expansion, Providing protection and (Protection) Act, 1986 Modernization Activities improvement for the environment amended in 1991 in industries and preventing environmental pollution. 2 The Water (Prevention New, Expansion, For the prevention and control of and Control of Pollution) Modernization activities water pollution. To ensure discharge Act, 1974 in industries of wastewater is done as per norms. amended in 1988 3 The Air (Prevention and New, Expansion, To control, reduce air pollution. Control of Pollution) Act, Modernization activities 1981 amended in 1987 in industries 4 EIA Notification 2006 and New, Expansion, Protection of the Environment and its subsequent Modernization activities ensuring that all environmental amendments. in industries impacts are mitigated appropriately. 5 The Environment New, Expansion, Areas to be avoided for siting of (Siting for Industrial Modernization activities industries, precautionary measures Projects) Rules, 1999 in industries to be taken for site selection. So the aspects of environmental protection which should have been incorporated during the implementation of the industrial development projects.

S. No Act Purpose Objective 6 The Noise Pollution New, Expansion, To protect workers and public in the (Regulation and Modernization activities surrounding from noise pollution Control)(Amendment) in industries Rules, 2002 7 The Ozone Depleting New, Expansion, Regulation of production and Substances (Regulation Modernization activities consumption of ozone depleting and Control) Rules,2000 in industries which substances include ozone depleting substances 8 Hazardous and other New, Expansion, Prevention, Control and safe wastes Management, Modernization activities handling of hazardous wastes. Handling and Trans in industries which boundary Movement include Management, Rules 2016 Handling and Trans boundary Movement of Hazardous waste 9 The Municipal Solid New, Expansion, Prevention, Control and handling of Wastes (Management Modernization activities Municipal Solid wastes. and Handling) Rules, in industries which 2016 include Management, Handling, treatment and disposal of municipal solid wastes. 10 The Chemical Accidents New, Expansion, Preparedness and response, during (Emergency Planning, Modernization activities operation of on-site and Offsite preparedness, and in industries. Emergency Plans during chemical Response)Rules, 1996 disaster. 11 Charter on Corporate New, Expansion, Guidelines to be followed for Responsibility for Modernization activities Corporate Responsibility for Environmental in industries. Environmental Protection Protection 12 The Factories Act, New, Expansion, An Act to amend the law regulating / 1948. Act No. 63 of Modernization activities promoting safety, protecting against 1948. (Amendment for in industries. occupational diseases and 2016) promoting health and hygiene in the workplace/ Factories

13 Indian Boiler New, Expansion, An act to regulate the boiler (Amendment) Modernization activities standards and its specifications. Regulations, 2015. in industries.

1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT The EIA report has been presented in order to group the environmental parameters under physical, biological, demographic & socio-economic environments, anticipated impacts and mitigation

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. measures. The EIA report has been prepared as contents given in EIA Notification, 2006 and subsequent amendments. The structure of EIA Report is as given below: Chapter 1: Introduction Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides background to the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this document. The purpose and organization of the report is also presented in this chapter. Chapter 2: Project Description This chapter deals with the project details of the location, size and magnitude of operation including associated activities, proposed schedule implementation, including technical details of plant machinery, raw material and quantity. Chapter 3: Description of the Environment This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components (Primary data) delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area. Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of the project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation measures. Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites) This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from Environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view so that the technology will be affordable to the member units of the industrial area. Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigation measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules etc, Chapter 7: Additional Studies Additional studies include Risk Assessment Study and Disaster Management Plan. Risk assessment is done to determine the potential risks and their effects of disasters that can arise due to the project. Chapter 8: Project Benefits This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment potential and other tangible benefits. Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit analysis Not recommended during scoping stage

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional and monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess their adequacy during project implementation. Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report and the conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and the environmental management plan. Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter. 1.8 COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE Compliance of ToR was issued vide EAC letter No. IA/AP/NCP/171905/2020, dated: 03/11/2020. The compliance to the Terms of Reference is given in Table 1-2. Table 1-2: Compliance of ToR S.No Terms of Reference Compliance I Specific ToR 1. The planning of Industrial Estate should be Accepted and Complied. based on the criteria mentioned in this Ministry’s Technical EIA Guidance Manual for Industrial Estate (2009) as well as CPCB’ Zoning Atlas Guidelines for siting industries. 2. Detailed air quality study for each point Air Quality study for each point source along source to be conducted along with the with the Micro metorological data is Micro metorological data conducted and their report is attached in section 4.4.1 3. Wherever possible, plantations around the The Layout plan along with green belt of the periphery of the industrial area/SEZ/park, in periphery is attached in figure 2-11. The the downwind direction and along the road plantation will concentrate on periphery of sides shall be provided for containment of the industrial park and water bodies to pollution and for formation of a screen restrict access of same. The water bodies shall between the industrial area and the outer be preserved in the original condition and civil area. The choice of plants should thus restricting the contamination if any, include shrubs of height 1 to 1.5 m and tree through dense planation along the side of of 3 to 5 m height. The intermixing of trees these water bodies. and shrubs should be such that the foliage area density in vertical is almost uniform. The layout plan shall be submitted accordingly.

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance 4. Pulicat Lake Bird Sanctuary Eco sensitive A study on the impact of the proposed project zone is about 2.5 Km from the phase II. A on avifauna and its mitigation study is under study on the impact of the proposed project progress by Zoological Survey of India, and on avifauna and its mitigation to be their study report will be submitted at the developed by The Salim Ali Centre for time of Final EIA. Ornithology and Natural History (SACON) or Wildlife Institute of India (WII) or Zoological Survey of India 5. No ground water shall be used in any case. No ground water will be used for the Proponent is required to obtain permission proposed project and neither the unit from competent authority to use water establishing their operations shall be allowed from river or other surface water sources. to make use of same. Water required for this Consent to Operate shall not be issued project will be supplied from Telugu Ganga without obtaining permission competent Canal and their agreement copy is attached as authority for use of surface water Annexure III 6. Provide detailed water balance statement Detailed water balance statement a scheme a scheme to achieve ZLD by each to achieve ZLD by units along with industrial unit as well as for utilization of utilization of treated sewage is given figure treated sewage 2-8 7. Since, natural drainage pattern is seen Detailed hydro geological study on the in/around the proposed project site, it is catchment area of the drainage system within important to have a detailed hydro core zone and at least 5km perimeter of the geological study on the catchment area of project area is given in section 3.7 of page the drainage system within core zone and at no.45 least 5km perimeter of the project area. 8. As per the Ministry’s Office Memorandum F. As per the OM, Commitments made for the No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 30th public hearing will be incorporate once the September, 2020, the activities proposed Public hearing is conducted. Land acquisition by the project proponent , based on the has been completed inconsultation with GoAP commitment made in the public hearing in 2009-10 and compendation as advised by shall be incorporated in the Environmental GoAP was paid through AP Govt.. Thus no Management Plan along with the cost Rehabilitatrion and Resettlement (R&R) plan estimates and submit to the Ministry. All is required. EMP details along with budgetary other activities including pollution control, provisions are given in chapter 10. environmental protection and conservation , R&R, wild life and forest conservation/protection measures including the NPV , Compensatory Afforestation etc., envisaged by the project proponent based on the social impact assessment and R&R action plan carried out during the preparation of EIA report, shall be detailed out along with the cost estimates and become part of EMP. Focus should also be kept for local flora and fauna biodiversity

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance 9. Plan for afforestation should be such that it Plan for afforestation will be native species, is free from pesticides with flowering plants where Sri City has consult with DFO and of native species for attracting bees and suggested native species for plantation is insects which in turn is beneficial to the given in section 2.12 of chapter 2. Wherever agriculture. Farmers around the project site required farmers around the project site will shall be involved in developing such an be consulted for developing such afforestation Plan afforestation Plan II Standard Terms of Reference 1. Reasons for selecting the site with details of Sri City phase II land will have mostly green alternate sites examined/ rejected/ selected and orange industries and a few red category on merit with comparative statement and units. There shall not be any allocation of land reason/ basis for selection. The examination to core red units like tanneries, refineries, should justify site suitability in terms of tyre plants, cement plants etc. environmental damage, resources The map shows the mapping of green, orange sustainability associated with selected site and red industries attached in figure 2.2. Site as compared to rejected sites. The analysis alternatives and selection criteria for the should include parameters considered along proposed project is given in chapter 5. with weightage criteria for short-listing selected site 2. Submit the details of the land use break-up The land use details for the proposed project for the proposed project. Details of land use site and study area is given section 3.9 of around 10 km radius of the project site. Chapter 3. Land use around 10 km radius of Analysis should be made based on latest the project site is given in figure 2-4. Details satellite imagery for land use with raw of Flood plain of river are given in fig 3-4. images. Check on flood plain of any river 3. Submit details of environmentally sensitive Environmental setting for the area within 10 places, land acquisition status, rehabilitation km radius is detailed in table 2.2 of chapter 2. of communities/ villages and present status of such activities 4. Examine the impact of proposed project on A detailed impacts and its mitigation the nearest settlements. measures are prepared for both Development phase and Operation Phase in Chapter 4 5. Examine baseline environmental quality Refer Chapter 3 the baseline environmental along with projected incremental load due quality is detailed in Chapter 4 the anticipated to the project taking into account of the impacts and the projected is also available existing developments nearby 6. Environmental data to be considered in Environmental data to be considered in relation to the project development would relation to the project development is given in be (a) land, (b) groundwater, (c) surface chapter 3. water, (d) air, (e) bio-diversity, (f) noise and vibrations, (g) socio economic and health 7. Submit a copy of the contour plan with Contour plan with slopes are given in section slopes, drainage pattern of the site and 3.9 of chapter 3. Drainage pattern of site and surrounding area, and any obstruction of surrounding is given in section 3.6 of chapter the same by the project 3. Contour Map is attached in fig 3-14

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance 8. Details regarding project boundary passing Details of Eco – sensitive area within 10Km through any eco- sensitive area and within radius is given in figure 2-3. 10 km from eco- sensitive area 9. Green buffer in the form of green belt to a Green buffer in the form of green belt to a width of 15 meters should be provided all width of 15 meters will be provided all along along the periphery of the industrial area. the periphery of the industrial area. The The individual units should keep 33% of the individual units will keep required amount of allotted area as a green area. greenbelt as advised by APPCB through their respective consent orders – Establishment and operation. Greenbelt map is given in figure 2-11. Land Use break up is given in table 2-4. 10. Submit the details of the trees to be felled The details of the trees to be felled for the for the project project is given in Section 2.12.1 under Chapter 2 11. Submit the details of the infrastructure to The proposed infrastructure to be be developed development for the proposed project is explained in detail in Chapter 2, Section 2.5 12. Submit the present land use and permission Land acquisition & land conversion required for any conversion such as forest, (agricultural to non- agriculture) was agriculture etc completed in 2010 and no forest land were acquired. The land was acquired through AP Government and all compensations have been paid in consultation with AP Govt. and compensation paid was higher than the priviling market rate. Land use breakup is given in Table 2-4. 13. Submit details regarding R&R involved in Land acquisition & land conversion the project (agricultural to non- agriculture) was completed in 2010 and no forest land were acquired. The land was acquired through AP Government and all compensations have been paid in consultation with AP Govt. and compensation paid was higher than the priviling market rate. Hence no R&R is involved. 14. Zoning of the area in terms of 'type of Type of industries expected to coming-up in industries' coming-up in the industrial area Sri City is given in Table 2-1. Zoning of based on the resource requirement along industries are given in figure 2-2. with likely pollutants with quantity from the various industries. 15. The project boundary area and study area Baseline study areas are given chapter 3 for which the base line data is generated under section 3-10, 3-11, 3-12, 3-13. should be indicated through a suitable map. Justification of the parameters, frequency and locations shall be discussed in the EIA

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance 16. Submit Legal frame work for the Legal frame work is given in table 1-1 of implementation of Environmental Clearance chapter 1 conditions - to be clearly spelt out in the EIA report 17. Submit Roles and responsibility of the Roles and Responsibility is given in section 6-5 developer etc for compliance of of chapter 6. environmental regulations under the provisions of EP Act 18. Site justification of the identified industry Site selection study is given in section 5-2 of sectors from environmental angle and the chapter 5. details of the studies conducted if any 19. Ground water classification as per the Details are given section 3-6 of chapter 3. Central Ground Water Authority. 20. Submit the source of water, requirement Details are given in section 2-9 of chapter 2. vis-à-vis waste water to be generated along with treatment facilities, use of treated waste water along with water balance chart taking into account all forms of water use and management. 21. Rain water harvesting proposals should be Rain water harvesting will be integrated part made with due safeguards for ground water of storm water management. Refer Chapter 4, quality. Maximize recycling of water and Section 4.3.4 utilization of rain water. Examine details. 22. Examine soil characteristics and depth of Soil Characteristics and depth of ground water ground water table for rainwater harvesting table for rainwater harvesting is given in section 3-13 under chapter 3. 23. Examine details of solid waste generation Details of Soil waste generation is given in 2- treatment and its disposal. 11 of chapter 2 24. Examine and submit details of use of solar Energy Conservative source details are given energy and alternative source of energy to in section 10-3 of chapter 10. reduce the fossil energy consumption 25. In case DG sets are likely to be used during DG sets are likely to be use as secondary construction and operational phase of the source of power back-up during the course of project, emissions from DG sets must be power cut and their details are given in taken into consideration while estimating section 4.4.1 of chapter 4. the impacts on air environment. Examine and submit details. 26. Examine road/rail connectivity to the Details of traffic study are given in section 7.5 project site and impact on the traffic due to of chapter 7 and site connectivity is given in the proposed project. Present and future Figure 2-7 of chapter 2. traffic and transport facilities for the region should be analyzed with measures for preventing traffic congestion and providing faster trouble free system to reach different destinations in the city.

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance 27. A detailed traffic and transportation study Traffic study details are given in section 7.5 of should be made for existing and projected chapter 7. passenger and cargo traffic. 28. Examine the details of transport of The Construction material will be sourced materials for construction which should from local market and transported by means include source and availability of road 29. Examine the details of National The Details of National Highways/State Highways/State Highways/ expressways Highways/ expressways falling along the falling along the corridor and the impact of corridor are SH50 & SH52. Traffic study is the development on them. carried out and details are furnished in section 7.5 under chapter. Due to this propsed expansion project minimal amount of traffic might occur that can be mitigated by means of proper management measures. 30. Examine noise levels - present and future Details of present noise levels are given in with noise abatement measures section 3.11 of chapter 3 & for future noise levels refer chapter 4 section 4.4.2 31. Identify, predict and assess the Environmental and sociological impacts are environmental and sociological impacts on given in chapter 4 and CSR is given in section account of the project. A detailed 8.5 of chapter 8 description with costs estimates of CSR should be incorporated in the EIA / EMP report. 32. Examine separately the details for Details for EMP on Construction & Operation construction and operation phases both for phase is given in table 10.1 & 10.2 and for Environmental Management Plan and budgetary provision details is in section 10.7 Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost of chapter 10. and parameters 33. Submit details of a comprehensive Disaster Disaster management plan is given in section Management Plan including emergency 7.3 of chapter 7. evacuation during natural and man-made disaster. 34. The Public hearing should be conducted for Public Hearing will be conducted as per the the project in accordance with provisions of EIA Notification, 2006 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted based on the TOR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site 35. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be Complied. prepared in accordance with the above additional TOR and should be submitted to the Ministry in accordance with the Notification.

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance 36. Details of litigation pending against the No Litigation Pending against the project. project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given. 37. The cost of the Project (capital cost and Approx Rs.100 Crores. recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out. 38. Any further clarification on carrying out the Accepted. above studies including anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry website “http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Industrial Estate

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 ABOUT THE PROJECT The proposed project is about the establishment of M/s Sri City at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh over an extent of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres). Google image showing 5km and 10km radius from project location is given in figure 2-3 and the zone wise layout of the project is given in figure 2-5 & Topo map of the project site is given in the figure 2-4. 2.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT The Proposed project is located at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District and Andhra Pradesh state. It is situated at latitude of 13°29'15.80"N to 13°30'37.82"N and longitude of 79°57'21.69"E to 80°0'58.97"E. Contour of the project site is high in the south west (SW) direction with 59m and low in the west (W) direction with 16m. The proposed project area is covered under Survey of India Toposheet numbers: 57O15, 57O14, 66C2 and 66C3. Sri City is located along side NH5/16 which forms part of Golden Quadrilateral. The proposed site is close to Chennai, but located in AP. It has access to four seaports within 100 km from Sri City and two international airports (Chennai & Tirupati). The strategic location of the proposed site is shown in the Figure 2-1. The location map, are given in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-1: Strategic location of the project site

Figure 2-2: Location Map of the project Site

Figure 2-3: Google Image Showing 10km from Project Site

Figure 2-4: Topomap covering 10km radius

2.3 TYPE OF PROJECT M/s. Sri City has proposed to develop Red, Orange, Green & White category industries which are not attracting EIA Notification, 2006. The probable list of upcoming industries along with its CPCB categorization is given below in the Table 2-1. Table 2-1: Probable list of Upcoming Industries CPCB S.No. Type of Industry Categorization 1. Electroplating Industries/Phosphating/Surface Treatment Red 2. Automobile Manufacturing (Integrated facility) Red 3. Solar cell manufacturing Red 4. Casting of ferrous & Nonferrous metals Red 5. Hotels over 100 rooms Red 6. Hospitals and R & D centre Red 7. Industrial carbon including electrodes and graphite blocks, activated Red carbon, carbon black 8. Industries having effluent discharge more than 100KLD Red 9. Auto components & Light engineering Orange 10. Steel fabrication Orange 11. Engineering units including machinery Orange 12. Leather products excluding tannery Orange 13. Textile garments excluding dyeing Orange 14. Electronic products & ancillary products Orange 15. Logistics & warehousing facilities Orange 16. Pharmaceutical formulation and R & D Orange 17. Synthetic detergents and soaps(excluding formulation) Orange 18. Bakery & confectionery units Orange 19. Coated electrode manufacturing Orange 20. Food & food processing including fruits & vegetables processing Orange 21. Manufacturing of tooth powder, tooth paste, talcum powder & other Orange cosmetic items 22. Printing or etching of glass sheet using hydrofluoric acid Orange 23. Forging of ferrous & Non – ferrous metals Orange 24. Foundry operations Orange 25. Manufacturing of glass Orange 26. Thermocol manufacturing Orange 27. Foam manufacturing Orange 28. Health Care Establishment Orange

Sri City, Phase II is proposed to develop multi-product zone with all industries listed as white, green, orange and red as per CPCB notification dated 29.2.2016.Furthermore, Industries attracting EIA notification – 2006 will not be considered. The proposed project is Sri City Phase II adjacent to existing Phase - I, as an integrated business city with the following business zones (Phase - I).

17 core red industries – excluded in phase II expansion 1. Distillery including Fermentation industry. 2. Sugar (excluding Khandsari) 3. Fertiliser. 4. Pulp & Paper (Paper manufacturing with or without pulping). 5. Chlor alkali 6. Pharmaceuticals (Basic) (excluding formulation). 7. Dyes and Dye-intermediates. 8. Pesticides (Technical) (excluding formulation). 9. Oil refinery (Mineral oil or Petro refineries). 10. Tanneries 11. Petrochemicals (Manufacture of and not merely use of as raw material). 12. Cement 13. Thermal power plants 14. Iron and Steel (Involving processing from ore/ scrap/Integrated steel plants) 15. Zinc smelter 16. Copper smelter 17. Aluminium smelter A Special Economic Zone (SEZ) is an area in which business and trade laws are different from rest of the country. It is a business destination for global companies to establish Manufacturing, Services and Trading operations in India. Their aim is to increase trade, investment and job creation. To encourage businesses to set up their operations in the zone, business friendly financial policies are introduced. These policies typically regard investing, taxation, trading, quotas, customs and labor regulations. Additionally, companies may be offered tax holidays, where upon establishing in a zone they are granted a period of lower taxation. The Domestic Tariff Zone (DTZ) at Sri City provides an opportunity for manufacturers who predominantly supply to the Indian market, to setup their operations in a world-class business city environment. The DTZ proximity to the SEZ allows for backward integration of processes and supply chain linkages. This zone also acts as a location for ancillary units for SEZ operations. The Free Trading and Warehousing Zone (FTWZ) is a bonded area located within the SEZ for logistics, warehousing and trade activities. The FTWZ at Sri City contains warehousing and related infrastructure to augment economic activity across the zones, and to facilitate growth in exports.

SEZ and DTZ units can use this facility, provided they pay rent in foreign exchange to the unit holders. The Logistics & Warehousing Zone primarily caters to the logistics and warehousing requirements of units within Sri City. For logistics companies that are considering to setup their operations at Sri City, the zone is an added advantage as it offers them a captive and growing client-base. The zone is also ideal for locating centralized national warehousing facilities for inward and outward bound materials due to its strategic location, excellent connectivity, robust internal road network and stable power supply. The Electronics Manufacturing Cluster (EMC) at Sri City is an exclusive zone for companies involved in electronics R&D, design, manufacturing and assembly operations. Land allocation for Greenfield Project consisting of a training center, testing lab and R&D centers for the units are provided. Units in this cluster enjoy M-SIPS benefits and AP investment benefits, in addition to several other incentives.

Figure 2-5: Zone wise layout map for the proposed phase II

Table 2-2: Environmental Setting of the Project Site S.No Particulars Details B1 : 13°31'18.02"N & 79°57'7.22"E B2 : 13°29'9.51"N & 79°57'12.61"E 1. GPS Coordinates B3 : 13°28'44.59"N & 79°59'17.01"E B4 : 13°30'36.76"N & 80° 0'47.22"E 2. Topo Sheet No. 66C/2, 66C/3, 57O/14 & 57O/15 3. Topography Undulating terrain 4. Land Type Patta land (already acquired) 5. Land Use Barren land ≃ 34m AMSL to 50 m AMSL towards Western side of the Project Boundary 6. Site Elevation above MSL ≃ 13m AMSL to 24m AMSL towards Eastern side of the Project Boundary  SH50 Sathyavedu Road – Adjacent to the Project Boundary, towards W. 7. Nearest highway  SH52 ≃ 7.7km, S  NH16 Chennai Kolkata Highway ≃ 13.2km, NE  Arambakkam Railway Station ≃ 7.8km- NE 8. Nearest railway station  Tada Railway Station ≃ 2.5 km, NE  Tirupati Airport ≃ 78.7km via Chennai Road, NW 9. Nearest airport  Chennai Airport ≃ 90km, SE  Arror ≃ 2km, E  Manellore ≃ 5.8km via Pondhavakkam Road, S  Edur ≃ 8.4km Madhapakkam- Arror Road, E  Ramapuram ≃ 9.4km via Arumbakkam- Arror road, E Nearest village, town/ 10.  Satyavedu ≃ 9.8km, SW city  Tada ≃ 3 km N  Pudi ≃ 7.8 km Via Palymra road, NE  Arambakkam ≃ 6.2km Via Palmyra Road, ENE  Varadaiahpalem ≃ 8.3km NNW Archaeologically 11. Nil within 15km radius from project site important places National parks/ Wildlife 12. Pulicat Bird Sanctuary (Protected Area) ≃ 4.5 km, NE Sanctuaries  Poovalambedu Lake ≃ 9.4km, SSE  Pulicat Lake ≃ 4.5 km, E Water bodies/ River/ 13.  Telugu Ganga Canal – 9th Canal at close proximity to Reservoir the site  Tada Falls ≃ 3 km, N  Vanallur Reserved Forest – Adjacent to the Project Reserved/ Protected Boundary, W 14. Forests  Arudur Reserve Forest ≃ 1.6km , N  Siruvada Reserved Forest ≃ 6km, S Andhra Pradesh- Tamil Nadu Border adjacent to the 15. Interstate Boundary Project site on southern & south eastern direction 16. Seismicity Zone III (Moderate Seismic Zone) 17. Defence Installations Nil within 15 km radius from project site

S.No Particulars Details  Chennai Port ≃ 70km, SE 18. Nearest Port  Ennore Port ≃ 65km, SE

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF THE PROJECT The total area for the Phase II project is about 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres). Total cost estimated for infrastructure development will be approx. Rs. 100 Crores. The detail land use breakup is in table 2-4. Table 2-3: Villages for Phase II S.No Villages Names Extent (Acres) 1. Irugulam 361.395 2. Rallakuppam 91.36 3. Peddaeetipakkam 524.51 4. Kolladam 153.27 5. Thonduru 974 6. Mallavaripalem 107.92 Total 2212.455

Table 2-4: Land Use Breakup for the Proposed Project S.No Description Area (Acres) Area (Hectares) % of Land use 1. Industrial/ Commercial zone 1238.45 501.187 55.97 2. Multiple use zone 226.35 91.60 10.24 3. Residential zone 194.26 78.61 8.78 4. Transportation and Facilities 129.14 52.26 5.84 5. Open space and green belt 279 112.916 12.61 6. Commercial 145.255 58.795 6.56 Total 2212.455 895.35 100

2.5 TOPOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT SITE The proposed project is located Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District and Andhra Pradesh state. The topography of the area is undulating terrain, with alluvial lateritic soil. Vanallur reserve forest is located adjacent to the project location towards the western side, also Aradur Reserve forest and Satyavedu reserve forest are located at 1.6km towards the northern side and 6km southern direction respectively. 2.6 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLAINCE MoEF&CC has issued Environmental Clearance for Sri City Phase I vide letter no. 21-791/2007- IA.III dated 16th October 2008. Sri City has also obtained CTE from APPCB vide order no. 119/PCB/CFE/RO-TPT/HO/2008-2963 dated 12.02.2009 under sec 25 of water (P&C of P) Act, 1974 and under Sec 21 of Air(P&C of P) Act, 1981 and this consent is valid for period of 5 years

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. from the date of issue and got renewed on consent order No: APPCB/KNL/TPT/CFO/HO/2011-911, dated: 30.12.2014 under sec 25/26 of water (P&C of P) Act, 1974 and under Sec 21 of Air(P&C of P) Act, 1981 and authorisation under the provisions of HW(MH & TM) rules, 2008, where this consent is valid for period ending with 31st July 2017. The Renewal of Consent and Authorization order for operations is auto renewal, the board is hereby extending validity period of Consent and Authorisation order issued vide order No. APPCB/KNL/TPT/CFO/HO/2011-11 dt 30.12.2014 with valid upto 31.07.2017 for further period of 5(Five years) i.e, upto 31.07.2022 under sec 25/26 of water (P&C of P) Act, 1974 and under Sec 21 of Air(P&C of P) Act, 1981 and authorisation under rule 6 of hazardous and other wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 dated 08.08.2017. Certified compliance Letter no E.P./12.1/1862/AP/403 dated 23.03.2020 is approved by DDGF(C) vide diary no 432 by MoEF&CC. Sri City is regularly submitting the Environmental compliance report to Regional Office of MoEF&CC. The copy of the latest compliance report and the approval for the compliance submitted from the Regional Office, MoEF is enclosed as Annexure - I 2.7 EXISTING MONITORING DETAILS Sri City is developer of Special Economic Zone, Domestic tariff Zone, Free Trade Warehousing Zone and Electronic manufacturing Zone and is involved in development of infrastructure facilities for its client within these zones. The infrastructure development does not involves manufacturing or storage of any hazardous goods. However, Sri City regularly monitors quality of Air, Water, Noise, Dissolved oxygen and sewage treatedin Phase I. The Industrial park was approved by MoEF&CC in 2008 and is operational from 2009. The first inspection by MoEF&CC was conducted in 2011 by Regional officer, MoEF&CC, Bangalore ever since 4 inspections has been conducted by these departments and complaince has been found to be satisfactory. Furthermore, Sri City has installed two weather monitoring system at two of its location, this is coupled with average of 5 testing of 10 micron and 1 testing of 2.5 micron monthly by a NABL accredited lab at various location within Sri City. Such testing’s are in practice from 2011 onwards. Ever since the testing process was put in place i.e 2011 the various parameter for ambient air testing has been far below the prescribed limit and in most cases below detection level. This also being a subjective ideology of non-installation of ambient station at park. Other testings such as Water – Water Treatment plant supply, Sewage treatment plant 1 & 2. Raw & Treated water are monitored every fortnight and dissolved oxygen & noise parameters are monitored on daily basis.

The proposed development of Sri City Industrial area has an in house environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring/sampling of Water, Soil, Meteorological, Noise analysis. However, Sri City is in contract with third party NABL laboratory for secondary verification of Environmental data. Such as Water -Raw, Treated from 3 STP, 1 WTP tested twice in a month for both Biological and Physical parameter and Ambient Air testing at 6 locations twice a month. Stack Monitoring, Noise and Water quality monitoring are at frequently at various stations. Sewage waters inlet & outlet are sampled and tested at frequently under IS 2490: 1982 with physical, chemical and Biological Paramters. The monitored details are sampled, analysed and results were complied in half yearly report submitted to Regional office of MoEF&CC at regular interval. The same will be abide in proposed expansion project. 2.8 OVERVIEW OF EXISITING INFRASTRUCTURE This section presents an overview of the existing facilities of M/s Sri City, its environmental compliance aspects and Environmental Management Program implemented in the existing facility. Existing infrastructure are as follows:

2.8.1 ROAD NETWORK Sri City has well-laid and robust internal road network of over 50 km. All roads are in accordance to IRC standards and are categorized as arterial, primary, secondary, and tertiary roads as follows:  Arterial Roads: 68m Width, 6 Lanes + 2 Service Lanes  Primary Roads: 31m and 43m Widths, 4 Lanes + Service Lanes  Secondary Roads: 24m & 18m Widths, 2 Lanes with Shoulder  Tertiary Roads: 12m Width, 2 Lanes

2.8.2 POWER Sri City has been allotted 400 MV power by the Government of Andhra Pradesh, ensuring 24 x 7 power for all the units. There is currently an internal substation of 132 KV and three 33/11 kV, with another dedicated substation being built. A 220 KV sub-station is also approved. Adding to the grid power is Sri City’s 5 MW

2.8.3 TELECOM Sri City has both wireless and wired fibre optic network for voice and data connectivity. The telecommunications infrastructure has been built and is maintained by major national telecom companies like Airtel, Aircel, Reliance, Railtel, Vodafone and TATA. A dedicated telephone exchange for Sri City has been proposed, and is currently being assessed for feasibility. All the telecommunication facilities like data transferring, voice mailing, ISDN, video conferencing, etc are available. 2.9 OVERVIEW OF EXISITING ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

2.9.1 AIR QUALITY In the industrial area along with the useful products, several waste products are also generated. These waste products include flue gases, wastewater and solid and hazardous wastes. The atmospheric pollutants from the stacks of these sources include particulates, sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and carbon monoxide. The quantities and the composition of the gaseous, liquid and solid waste that are generated in the industries are regulated by the industries itselt and their final disposal into the environment meets all the statutory requirements and the environmental impacts are minimise. As mentioned above, M/s Sri City involves an NABL Accrediated Laboratory to monitor the ambient air quality in Sri City Phase I every month. Parameters S. Year / Month PM PM NO SO Ozone No 10 2.5 x 2 Loc Std Loc Std Loc Std Loc Std Loc Std 1. Oct, 2019 65 100 25 60 24 80 6.3 80 7 180 2. Nov, 2019 65 100 25 60 26 80 6 80 8 180 3. Dec, 2019 64 100 23 60 27 80 6.4 80 6 180 4. Jan, 2020 66 100 26 60 25 80 6.8 80 6.8 180 5. Feb, 2020 65 100 24 60 24 80 7.3 80 8.3 180 6. March, 2020 64 100 27 60 26 80 6.9 80 10 180 Other parameters like Ammonia, carbon Monoxide, Lead, Benzene, Benzo alpha pyrene, Arsenic, Nickel are below detectable limit (BDL).

Ambient Air Quality 200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 Loc Std Loc Std Loc Std Loc Std Loc Std PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 Ozone Parameters

Oct, 2019 Nov, 2019 Dec, 2019 Jan, 2020 Feb, 2020 March, 2020

Figure 2-6: Composition chart of Last six months data

2.9.2 WATER SUPPLY & TREATMENT PLANT Sri City distributes treated water to all the units through its internal water treatment plant on a 24 x 7 basis. With an allocation of 1 TMC of water from the Government of Andhra Pradesh and armed with efficient rainwater harvesting system inplace. Existing Water Demand - Phase I Sri City has a GO from Government of Andhra Pradesh for supply of 1 TMC of water and 400 MW of power. The current consumption of water is 6 MLD and 1.5 MLD sewage is treated by Sri City. After sewage treatment, the discharge is approx. 1000 KLD – which is used for horticulture & flushing. With over 100 plus companies operational and many under construction. However, all the structure constructed by units & Sri City is embedded with rain harvesting system as same is mandate as compliance condition to obtain necessary approvals to commence operation. The ground water use is strictly prohibited and units are restricted as per lease deed.

2.9.3 SEWERAGE SYSTEM & SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT Through the underground sewage network, all the sewage collected from industrial, commercial and residential units are transported to the Sewage Treatment Plants (STP), where it is treated and used for horticulture, landscaping and toilet flushing. The sewer line network is designed as per the IS and EU standards. With the help of parallel recycled-water distribution networks the treated water is used for horticulture and toilet flushing.

Details of STP i. STP – 1 (Aeration Type): Current capacity of 500 KLD Civil work completed for 1 MLD (can be expanded to 1 MLD in 40 days) Holding tank for treated water – 600 KLD ii. STP – 2 (Membrane Type): Current capacity of 1.5 MLD Civil work completed for 2 MLD (can be expanded to 2 MLD in 30 days) Holding tank capacity for treated water – 1.8 MLD iii. STP – 3 (Extended Aeration with Ultra Filitartion) Operational capacity of 2 MLD with holding tank of 1 MLD is under trail run and ready for commercial commissioning. The STP’s are multi locational to maximize the use of gravity flow and minimum pumping and shortest distance for supply of treated water. Currently, all units send their sewage to Sri City post meeting discharge standards and this is being treated at STPs. Sri City as a default policy do not accept effluent directly from units, all units are required to install requestile ETP of standard instructed by APPCB in their consent orders. The treatment of effluent is at unit covenants. Only when the effluents are treated and meet the municipal sewage

2.9.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT Solid Waste Management The significant amounts of soild waste, which are generated from the prospective industries and also from the residential apartments and commercial establishments are managed properly. The green areas are also generating solid wastes in certain seasons due to shredding of leaves, trimming activites, etc. The type of wastes envisaged from the project will be mainly biodegradable and limited quanitity of non-degradable waste. For Domestic, solid waste is disposed in the approved disposal grounds as per Municpal Solid waste rules 2016. Maximum efforts are taken to reduce and recycle the plastic, glass, paper, tin, metal, textiles etc. Biodegradable waste are composted and used as manure for Green Belt areas and Non-Biodegradable waste is taken to dump site. Industrial waste are collected separately in special containers and disposed to APPCB approved recyclers.

3 Bin System in Companies

Bio-Degradable Waste Collection

Non-Biodegradable Waste Collection

Training to Garbage collection team

Recyleable waste Disposal Food Waste Management: Sri City has setup 1.5 TPD Bio-Methanisation plant of wet food waste processing plant which is under operational and this can be extended based on the need basis. Current total wet waste generation is 4 Metric Ton and is used for generation of Bio gas which is eventually used for cooking.

Hazardous Waste Management Sri City does not accept any hazardous or process waste from any of its unit. However, Sri City has partnered with Ramky to cater any Hazardous waste generation by Sri City in the near future, if any –which is unlikely. All units during MoU are provided contact detail of Ramky (Authroised & approved vendor by APPCB to cater disposal of Hazardous waste). Furthermore, under no circumstances Sri City shall handle hazardous waste from any its units – the units are solely liable for generation and disposal of their hazardous waste. Currently facility available at Sri City is to hold wet waste (Bio plant uses this to generate bio gas) dry and recyclable waste at a designated area within Sri City. Facility creation to cater hazardous waste storage within park is unlikely. E-Waste Apart from municipal and industrial waste, the other waste type is Electronic waste. Sri City has very minimal use of Electronic goods and facilities. However in the recent past years there is no significant amount of E-waste usage or generation apart from desktops and Laptops. Furthermore Sri City has also entered an agreement with Ramky Enviro Engineers Ltd to dispose of any hazardous waste in case of any generation by developers.

2.9.5 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

All units establishing its operations are required to seek fire & factory license from Andhra Pradesh fire & factory department and necessary arrangements are required to be in place before commencement of operations. All the facilities are equipped with emergency exits, assembly points, fire extinguishers / Hydrants, fire alarms and other amenities required to alert the occupants. In the event of floods – necessary facilities are in places – these are widely covered and described in disaster management policy of Sri City. Lastly, a fully functional Fire station with required strength is operational within Sri City along with Police out post to provide necessary man power strength in any emergency situations. Sri City also has close proximity to AP fire station center of Chittoor, Nellore District of Andhra Pradesh – 15 KM

2.9.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES Solar light are used extensively as street lightings throughtout the road stretch. All street lights are solar powered. They have 2 days battery backup. The lights switch on automatically 10 minutes after sunset, reduce to 50% efficiency at 11 pm and switch off at 5 am. Sri City also has a IGBC gold rated building – which uses green glasses to minimize the use of day time light, thus only allowing light to enter not heat.

Solar Power Plant Sri City has 5MW solar power plant operational from 2010

Green Buildings Buildings use green glass which allows light but cuts heat into the building. All major buildings have LED thereby reducing power consumption substantially. This has resulted in 20 % reduction in power cost.The said building is also IGBC Gold rated.Green glasses at food court allows transmission of light which enables zero power usage during day time.

Electric Cars & Two Wheelers Sir City Uses Electric Vehicles and provide free shuttle services to reduce the footprints of Carbon emssions

2.9.7 STORM WATER DRAINAGE The storm water drainage network runs along all roads that border customer units, enabling efficient drainage and discharge of rainwater. The water passes through rainwater harvesting pits before the surplus water empties into storm water drains/creeks. The capacity and coverage of the system has been designed taking into account the past 50 years’ rainfall data. Provision for rain water harvesting is built-in for all the edifices in Sri City for optimum water usage.

2.9.8 GREEN BELT Landscape (Green Cover, Parks, Open Spaces and playgrounds) are detailed in the map to provide clean, healthy green environment. Common native variety of trees and species like neem, gulmohar, amalats, peepal etc. are planted in green area. Green cover has been developed and well maintained along the internal roads and industrial area. Existing green belt photographs are given below. The following species are planted properly in green species: 1. Azadirachta Indica - 3650 Nos 2. Ficus religiosa - 360 Nos 3. Pterocarpus Santalinus - 2460 Nos 4. Cassia siamea - 520 Nos 5. Lannea Coromandelica - 320 Nos 6. Agle Marmelos - 150 Nos 7. Holoptelia Integri Folia - 410 Nos 8. Sysygium Cumini - 2600 Nos Total of 10,470 Nos are planted and taken care by Sri City. So far 7.5 Lakhs of Plants & Trees has been planted based on recommendation from AP Forest Department, and their viable rate being 85%.

2.10 PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE

2.10.1 INDUSTRIAL AREA (PROCESSING AREA) An area of 1238.45 acres (501.187 Hectares) are allotted for Industrial Zone, which takes up about 65% of land use. Thonduru village will not be part of this zone and will house no industries as detailed above.

2.10.2 RESIDENTIAL AREA (NON PROCESSING AREA) The total residential zone for the Proposed Phase II project is 194.26 Acres (78.61 Hectares) which is 8.83% of the total land.

2.10.3 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE A Multiuse zone is also proposed with an area of 226.35 Acres (91.6 Hectares), which is about 10.24 % of the total land. This area might include  Schools and Colleges  Medical centers  Banking  Hospitality centers etc.  Water Treatment Plant  Sewage treatment plant  Municipal Waste Segregation Unit  Utility centers 2.11 CONNECTIVITY Sri City has a wide range of road networks which connects the industrial, educational and social facilities in SEZ, DTZ and CBD to the Central Expressway. The entire road network (Arterial, Primary, Secondary and Tertiary) is designed and built as per the standards specified by Indian Road Congress (IRC). We have more than 50 Km road network inside Sri City for easy access. Site is well connected by road, rail and airport. Sri City has three major roads along its boundaries: NH 16 (part of the Golden Quadrilateral Road Network which connects the 4 major metros of Chennai, Kolkata, Delhi and Mumbai) on the north eastern side  The Kadur–Satyavedu–Tiruvallur–Sriperumbudur roads along the western boundary.  State Highway 52, along the southern boundary. Chennai International Airport is a 90 minute drive from Sri City. It is the main air transport hub for South India, currently handling over 14 million passengers and serving 38 airlines. It is also India’s most important air cargo hub after Mumbai, handling over 3,00,000 tonnes of cargo annually. The international cargo handling facilities at Chennai have a turnaround time of 24 hours. Tirupati

International Airport is 72 Km away from Sri City. Currently, this airport handles over 2,40,000 domestic passengers and international cargo. It is being developed into an international passenger hub. The Andhra Pradesh Government has planned to develop mini airports in each district of the state that will further enhance the connectivity to Sri City.

Figure 2-7: Internal Roads from Phase I

Figure 2-8: Road Connectivity map for Phase II

2.12 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION DUE TO THE PROJECT There are around 2,00,000 workforce available within 10 km radius of the project site. Over 1,00,000 Engineers, 25,000 Polytechnic holders, 5000 ITI’s are graduating in the region each year. In addition, there are training institutes, namely IL&FS Skill Development Centre, Siemens Technical Skill Development Institute, Japan India Institude for Manufacturing – JIIM, Andhra Pradesh Skill Development Center and TVS Training Centre that are operational within Sri City.

So far Sri City and units have created 40,000 direct jobs and 30,000 indirect jobs wherein; 50 % of the work forces being women. There will be negligible unemployment in the area post phase II of the project. There would be temporary influx of people during the construction phase of the project.  Total man power requirement during construction phase will be about 3000 person.  During operation phase of the project, direct & Indirect employment generated will be 20,000 and 45,000 people respectively. Sri City will create revenues for State Government and Central Government by means of taxes, cess etc. 2.13 POWER REQUIREMENT The total power requirement for the proposed Phase II is 200 MVA, which is sourced from Government of Andhra Pradesh. The Government of Andhra Pradesh has allocated 400 MVA of electricity via G.O. Rt. No. 449, the same is attached as Annexure IV. Additionally M/s. Sri City has a Solar Power plant of 5 MW capacities. 10 nos of DG Sets are proposed with 150 to 2000 KVA capacities as power backup. The current usage for the Phase I is 150 MVA. EB power supply will be through APDISCOM's industrial feeders. 2.14 PROPOSED WATER REQUIREMENT The total water required for the proposed Phase II project will be 20.5 MLD. The detailed water requirement is given in the Table 2-5. The Government of Andhra Pradesh has allocated 1 TMC of water via G.O. No.MS.184. through Telugu Ganga Canal which is sufficient for proposed Phase-II operations. The water allocation GO has been attached as Annexure III. The supplied water is stored in Open tank of capacity 800m3. The estimated water demand for Phase II is given in the Table 2-5 & water balance chart for the phase II is given in Figure 2-9. Sri City has also created Rainwater Storage for 900Million Litre.

During the last ten years, no abstraction of ground water was done. The excess water during rainy season is stored in Tanks created by Sri City and this open storage helps them keep 180 days of water. There is no downstream flooding since the inception of project. Over the last ten years Sri City has been regularly monitoring environment parameters for air, water and noise and has met the APPCB standards consistently throughout this period. Table 2-5: Water Requirement Details To S. Water Description treatment Post treatment Green belt No requirement units A Industrial STP ETP From From For Industrial zone For Sri STP ETP City 1 Red 6000 i. Process + cooling 3600 2340 1732.25 989

ii. Utility Cleaning 500 325 iii. Sanitation 700 560 448 iv. DM + Packaging 1200 2 Orange 5000 i. Process 3000 1950 1521 743.25+2880+615.75 24.25 ii. Cooling 600 390 iii. Raw Material 400 (Packaging)/DMW iv. Sanitation + 1000 800 640 Domestic Output 3 Green & white 4000 i. Process 2000 1300 1436.5 37.5 346.5 ii. Cooling 1400 910 iii. Sanitation & 600 480 384 Utility B Domestic STP ETP From From For Industrial zone For Sri STP ETP City Residential 4500 3600 3240 2240

C Reuse 1000 Total 20500 5440 7215 4712 4689.75 5265.5 2610.75

Note: All the Values mentioned in above tablulation are in KLD (Kilo Litre/Day).

Figure 2-9: Water Balance Chart for Phase II

1. Source of water at Sri City Sri City has been allocated 1 TMC water approval from Government of India – through Telugu Ganga 9th Canal, the current water requirement is 6 MLD and proposed Phase II water requirement being 20.5 MLD. With 1 TMC approval this demand of water supply can be met and shall attribute to smooth operation of the Industrial Park. In addition Sri City has created two holding tank to hold rain water, storm water & any other form of natural water by desilting holding tanks within the park, these tanks act as natural controller of sustaining water level & recharge further controlling excess downstream flow of water.The capacity of the two holding tank is 600 Million liters. Current capacity of water treatment plant is 8 MLD and can be expanded to 10 MLD in span of 60 days. 2. Process followed for purification of water

Figure 2-10: Water Treatment Plant Flowchart

2.15 SEWERAGE SYSTEM & SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT The sewer line network will be designed as per the IS and EU standards. Through the underground sewage network, all the sewage will be collected from industrial, commercial and residential units will be transported to the existing Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). During construction period the sewage generated from labour camps will be treated in the existing STPs which are sufficient to handle the load during construction phase. During operation phase, wastewater generated will be treated by individual industries and the treated water will be

MANAGEMENT During the construction phase there will be a possibility to generate minor quantity of hazardous waste from construction labour i.e., used batteries from vehicles/trucks, used oils, etc., will to disposed authorised recyceler. The municipal solid waste shall be disposed to APPCB approved vendors by respective industry. The industrial solid waste generated daily shall be collected via trucks and transported to the proposed collection point (Transfer Station). This station receive loads of processable solid waste in varying sizes and consolidation takes place into tractor/trailer size loads and then the larger loads are transported to the landfill site. For disposal of hazardous waste nearby APPCB approved TSDF operator will be given preference.

Reserved for Waste Management

Figure 2-11: Solid Waste Dumping Map

2.17 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT Land acquisition & land conversion (agricultural to non- agriculture) was completed in 2010 and no forest land were acquired. The land was acquired through AP Government and all compensations have been paid in consultation with AP Govt. and compensation paid was higher than the priviling market rate. Hence no R&R is involved. 2.18 COST OF THE PROJECT The proposed Phase II project is estimated to cost about approx. over Rs. 100 Crores.

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION Baseline Environmental Studies have been conducted within the project site to determine the existing status of various Environmental attributes viz., Climatic and Atmospheric conditions, Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Hydro geological, Land use pattern, Ecological and Socio-Economical environment, prior to setting up of the proposed project. This study would help to undertake corrective mitigation measures for protection of the environment on account of any change deviation of attributes due to activities of the proposed project.

The reconnaissance survey of the area around the proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh was carried out from October 2020 to January 2021 for 13 weeks and the field studies were carried out for one season during Monsoon season for the EIA studies to collect baseline primary and secondary data for the present environmental scenario in the study area. 3.2 SCOPE OF BASELINE STUDY An area of 10 km radius around the project site is considered as the study area for the purpose of the baseline studies. Primary data on Micrometeorology, ambient air, ambient noise, traffic, soil, water, flora-fauna & socio-economic data were collected by a team of experts. Secondary data was collected from various Departments of State/Central Government Organizations, Semi- Government and Public Sector Organizations. Table 3-1: Various Environmental Attributes S.No. Attribute Parameter Source of Data 1 Climatology & Wind speed, Wind direction, Dry Indian Meteorological Meteorology bulb temperature, Wet bulb Department and Site specific temperature, Relative humidity, Data at project site. Rainfall, Solar radiation, Cloud cover and Environmental Lapse 2 Geology Geological history Field survey and Secondary sources 3 Land Use Trend of land use change for Secondary data/ Satellite different categories imagery/ Topo sheet etc. 4 Ambient Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, CO, Monitored Data (10 Quality O3, C6H6, As, Ni, NH3, Free Silica locations) etc. 5 Ambient Noise Noise levels in dB (A) Monitored Data (10

S.No. Attribute Parameter Source of Data Quality locations)

7 Water Quality Physical and Chemical parameters Monitored Data (Ground water – 10 locations & 6 Surface water locations) 8 Soil Soil types and samples analyzed for Analysis of soil samples at 10 physical and chemical parameters. locations 9 Ecology Existing terrestrial flora and fauna Field survey and Secondary within the study area sources 10 Socioeconomic Socioeconomic characteristics of Based on field survey and Aspects the affected area data collected from secondary sources Source: ABC Techno labs India Pvt Ltd. Table 3-2: Frequency and Monitoring Methodology Sampling Measurement Attributes Remarks Network Frequency Method Meteorology Wind speed, Wind Project site Continuous for 3 Weather monitors direction, Dry bulb months with the database temperature, Wet bulb temperature, Relative humidity, Rainfall, Solar radiation, Cloud cover and Environmental Laps Air Environment Particulate Matter Requisite 24 hourly-Twice Gravimetric (High- As per CPCB (PM10) locations in the a week for 3 Volume with standards under project months in Non- Cyclone) 18th November Particulate Matter influence area Monsoon season Gravimetric (High- 2009 Notification (PM2.5) Volume with for National Cyclone) Ambient Air Oxides of Sulphur EPA Modified West Quality Standards (SO2) & Gaeke method (NAAQS) Oxides of Nitrogen Arsenite Modified (NOx) Jacob & Hochheiser Carbon Monoxide Gas Analyzer (CO) (NDIR) Ozone (O3) UV photometric Ammonia (NH3) Indophenol Blue Method Lead (Pb) Atmospheric Arsenic (As) Absorption Nickel (Ni) Spectrometer Benzene GC-MS/MS

Sampling Measurement Attributes Remarks Network Frequency Method Benzo Alpha Pyrene GC-MS/MS Noise Hourly equivalent Requisite Once Instrument: Sound IS: 4954 1968 noise levels locations in the level meter project influence area Water Parameters for water Set of grab Once Samples for water IS:10500:2012 quality: Colour, samples At quality collected (GW) Odour, Temperature, requisite and analyzed as per pH, Conductivity, locations for IS: 2488 (Part 1-5) Turbidity, TDS, Total ground methods for Hardness, Total sampling and Alkalinity, Cl, SO4, F, testing of Industrial NO3, NH3, Na, K, Ca, effluents Standard Mg, Fe, Phenolic methods for the compounds, Mn, Cu, examination of Hg, Cd, As, CN, Pb, water by American Zn, Cr, Ni, Se, Al, As, Public Health Pb, Zn, COD, BOD, Association. DO, Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform etc Land Environment Parameter for soil Requisite soil Once Collected and quality: pH, texture, samples were analyzed as per soil electrical collected as analysis reference conductivity, organic per BIS book, M.L. Jackson matter, nitrogen, specification phosphate, sodium, within project calcium, potassium influence area and Magnesium etc. Biological Environment Flora and Fauna Requisite Once Collected and locations in the analyzed as per project IUCN Red Data influence area book. Source: ABC Techno labs India Pvt Ltd 3.3 ADMINISTRATIVE SETUP

3.3.1 CHITTOOR Chittoor District, is a district in Rayalaseema region of the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. The district headquarters is located at Chittoor. It has a population of 4,178,061 according to 2011 census of India. Chittoor district has many major temples including Tirupati and Kanipakam and temples. It lies in the Poini river valley of southernmost Andhra Pradesh along the Chennai –

Bangalore section Chennai-Mumbai highway. It is a major market centre for mangoes, grains, sugarcane, and peanuts. The temperature in the western parts of the district like Punganur, Madanapalle, Horsley Hills are relatively lower than the eastern parts of the Chittoor District. This is because of the higher altitude of the western parts compared to the eastern parts. Chittoor District is having 1372 Gram Panchayat covering 62 Mandals including seized Mandals. 612 Panchayat Secretaries have been working for the 760 Cluster Head Quarter Gram Panchayats. 3.4 METEOROLOGY AND CLIMATE

3.4.1 CLIMATIC CONDITION The average annual rainfall of the district is 976 mm, which ranges from 1 mm rainfall in March to 166.4 mm in October. October is the wettest months of the year. The mean seasonal rainfall distribution is 466.5 mm in southwest monsoon (June-September), 392.2 mm in northeast monsoon (Oct-Dec), 15.1 mm rainfall in winter (Jan-Feb) and 94.3 mm in summer (March – May). The percentage distribution of rainfall, season-wise, is 46.9% in southwest monsoon, 40.8 % in northeast monsoon, 1.7 percentage in winter and 10.6 % in summer. The mean monthly rainfall distribution is given in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3-1: Mean Monthly Rainfall Distribution The annual and seasonal rainfall distribution with its departure from mean along with year-wise percentage distribution is furnished in Table-3-3. The annual rainfall ranges from 657.2 mm in 2002 to 1544 mm in 2005. The annual rainfall departure ranges from -26 % in 2002 to 74 % in 2005. The Southwest Monsoon (SWM) rainfall contributes about 47 % of annual rainfall. It ranges from 259 mm in 1999 to 573.2 mm in 2005. The year 2002 experienced drought conditions in the

Table 3-3: Rainfall Distribution and Departure from Mean

S.No

Year NEM

SWM

Annual

LPA LPA (%)

WINTER

NEM NEM (%)

SWM (%) SWM

SUMMER

DEP DEP FROM

WINTER (%) SUMMER (%) SUMMER 1. 1999 672.0 259 307 1 105 38.54 45.68 0.15 15.63 -24 2. 2000 888.0 447 288 51 102 50.34 32.43 5.74 11.49 0 3. 2001 1014.7 400 484.7 5 125 39.42 47.77 0.49 12.32 14 4. 2002 657.2 301.1 275.1 14 64 45.82 41.86 2.59 9.74 -26 5. 2003 775.5 540.1 191 0.0 44.4 69.65 24.63 0.00 5.73 -13 6. 2004 810.2 352.8 230.3 6.3 220.8 43.54 28.43 0.78 27.25 -9 7. 2005 1543.9 573.2 792.4 27.1 151.2 37.13 51.32 1.76 9.79 74 8. 2006 844.6 378.7 315.2 1.5 149.2 44.84 37.32 0.18 17.67 -5 9. 2007 1092.2 559.1 437.3 2.9 92.9 51.19 40.04 0.27 8.51 23 10. 2008 953.3 366.5 434.2 19.3 133.3 38.45 45.55 2.02 13.98 7 11. 2009 754.4 398.1 294.8 1.3 60.2 52.77 39.08 0.17 7.98 -15 12. 2010 1079.5 530.1 421.6 2.1 125.7 49.11 39.06 0.19 11.64 22 13. 2011 978.1 507.1 354.4 23.1 93.5 51.85 36.23 2.36 9.56 10 14. Avg 888.0 416.5 362.2 15.1 94.3 46.90 40.78 1.70 10.61 Source: Indian Metrological Department and Directorate of Economics & Statistics

1800

1600

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 Avg -200

Annual SWM NEM WINTER SUMMER SWM (%) NEM (%) WINTER (%) SUMMER (%) DEP FROM LPA (%)

Figure 3-2: Cumulative Departure of Annual Rainfall from LPA

3.4.2 REGIONAL METEOROLOGY Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological regime of the region. The study area is primarily semi-arid zone and climate of the region is characterized by its dryness and erratic rainfall. It is characterized by a hot and dry summer from April - June a monsoon or rainy season from October - December and winter season from January – March. Chennai IMD Station The regional meteorology summary details (from 1971 to 2000) monitored at nearest IMD station at Chennai – Nungambakkam are given below:  Temperature The monthly mean maximum temperature varied from 36.9°C in June to 28.5°C in December while monthly mean minimum varied from 27.9°C in May to 20.9°C in January indicating January as the coldest while May as hottest month.  Relative Humidity During the month of November the relative humidity was highest (83%). The annual average Relative humidity is 75.75 % (at 0830 Hours) and 69.25 % (at 1730 Hours). Generally, the weather during other seasons was observed to be dry.  Rainfall The rainfall occurred maximum in November (407.4 mm) and October (278.8 mm). The total rainfall received in the year is about 1391.8 mm. Total rainy days observed about 59.1 days. The monsoon sets in the month of September and continues till November.  Wind Speed/Direction The maximum wind speed observed during the month of June is 8.7 Kmph and minimum wind speed observed during the month of October is 4.4 Kmph. The annual average wind speed calculated is 6.3. Kmph. Historical Meteorological Data at IMD Chennai - Nungambakkam is given in Table 3-4. Annual wind rose of the month from October 2020 – January 2021 is given Figure 3- 3. The predominant winds are mostly from NE & E directions. Table 3-4: Historical Meteorological Data at IMD Chennai-Nungambakkam (1971-2000) Mean Wind Predominant Relative Station Level Temp (oC) Rainfall (mm) Speed Wind Directions Humidity (%) Pressure hPa Month (Kmph) (From)* Daily Daily No. of Total 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 Max Min days Jan 28.8 20.9 22.5 1.3 81 67 1014.6 1011.5 4.8 E

Mean Wind Predominant Relative Station Level Temp (oC) Rainfall (mm) Speed Wind Directions Humidity (%) Pressure hPa Month (Kmph) (From)* Daily Daily No. of Total 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 Max Min days Feb 30.5 22.0 2.2 0.4 80 67 1013.3 1010.0 5.1 E Mar 32.5 23.8 4.0 0.3 78 68 1011.8 1008.1 5.8 SE Apr 34.3 26.4 7.7 0.6 74 71 1009.1 1005.2 6.9 SE May 36.8 27.9 43.9 1.4 67 68 1006.0 1002.4 7.9 SE Jun 36.9 27.5 55.9 4.0 63 62 1004.6 1001.1 8.7 SE Jul 35.0 26.3 100.3 6.9 70 65 1005.3 1001.8 7.4 S Aug 34.3 25.7 140.4 8.5 73 67 1006.0 1002.5 7.0 S Sep 33.9 25.5 137.3 7.1 77 72 1007.6 1003.9 6.0 E Oct 31.8 24.5 278.8 10.6 82 76 1009.7 1006.5 4.4 E Nov 29.6 23.0 407.4 11.7 83 76 1011.9 1009.0 5.3 NE Dec 28.5 21.9 191.1 6.3 81 72 1014.2 1011.3 6.3 NE Max. 36.9 27.9 407.4 11.7 83 76 1014.6 1011.5 8.7 Annual Wind Min. 28.5 20.9 2.2 0.3 63 62 1004.6 1001.1 4.4 Predominant Avg. direction is from 32.74 24.61 1391.8 59.1 75.75 69.25 1014.6 1001.1 6.3 /Total. NE & E

Figure 3-3: Wind rose diagram for the Month of October, November, December 2020 & January 2021 – IMD Chennai (Nungambakkam)

3.4.3 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGY The continuous weather monitoring station was installed at Project site. On site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological parameters in order to generate the site specific data. The Central Monitoring Station (CMS), equipped with continuous monitoring equipment to record wind speed, wind direction, temperature, humidity and rain fall was set up at the top of the building at a height of ~5.0m above the ground level. The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations was as per the Standard norms laid down by the Bureau of Indian Standards (IS: 8829:1978) and IMD. Data was collected at every hour continuously from October 2020 to December 2020 and January 2021 for 13 weeks. Table 3-5: Site Specific Weather Report for the Study Period Observations (October 2020 to January S.No Parameters 2021) 1 Dry Bulb Temperature (ºC) Maximum 33 Minimum 16 Average 23.78 2 Relative Humidity (%) Maximum 98 Minimum 39 Average 81.34 3 Wind (m/s) Maximum 9 Minimum 0 Average 2.32 4 Rainfall (in mm) Total (mm) 1167 1. Temperature The average temperature during study period in the site locations is varied from 16°C to 33°C respectively. 2. Relative Humidity The average relative humidity during study period in the site locations is varied from 39% to 98% respectively. 3. Rainfall Slight rainfall was observed during the study period at Kolladam, Irugulam, Thondur village, Chittoor District. 4. Wind The monthly wind speed in the site locations Kolladam, Irugulam & Thondur Village, and Chittoor district. Varied from 1 m/s to 9 m/s occurring during 13 Weeks study period respectively. It can be

Figure 3-4: Site Specific Wind Rose Diagram 3.5 GEOMORPHOLOGY1 The district forms a part of the Mysore plateau and can be distinguished into 3 regions (i.e., area with 600-900 m above mean se level elevations, 300- 600 m Amsl and < 300 m Amsl. The western and south-western parts comprising Kuppam, Palamaneru, Punganur, Thamballapalle and Madanapalle areas have an altitude between 600 m and 900 m amsl. The altitude of central region comprising Bangarupalem, Chittoor, Piler, Vayalpad, Chandragiri areas has 300 m to 600 m Amsl. The eastern/southern parts covering parts of Puttur, Karvetinagar, Satyavedu, Tottambedu and Srikalahasty areas have an altitude of less than 300 m Amsl. Vertical scraps are developed at several places and notable one is Tirumala which shows a drop of 100 m from 500 to 400 m Amsl. Pediplain is the major landform covering about 6709 km2 (45 %) area. The other landforms observed are hills (denudational, structural and residual) (32%), pediment (14%), valley fills (5%), flood plain (1%), plateau (1%) etc.

1 District Ground Water Brochure, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh by Central Ground Water Board

Figure 3-5: Geomorphology of Chittoor

Figure 3-6: Geomorphology map of 10Km radius 3.6 DRAINAGE PATTERN2 CHITTOOR DISTRICT: There are no major rivers in the district. Most of the rivers are ephemeral in nature carrying large quantities of water immediately after precipitation. The drainage is generally subarticulate to sub- parallel following straight courses. The important drainage basins are Bahuda, Pincha, Swarnamukhi, Palar, Ponnaiand Araniyar. The Bahuda and Pincha are north flowing rivers, Swarnamikhi is east flowing, Palar is southeast flowing, Ponnai towards south and Araniyar is southeast flowing. The rivers flowing in the district are non-perennial in nature of which river Ponnai flows towards south-east along the prominent NW-SE fault and joins river Palar in Tamil nadu. Swarnamukhi is another important river originates in Eastern Ghats and flows in NE direction before flowing into Nellore district. Other important rivers are river Bahuda, river Pincha, river Kushastali, river

2 District Ground Water Brochure, Chittoor district, Andhra Pradesh by Central Ground Water Board

Kalyani, river Bheema, river Araniyar and river Pedderu etc (Fig 3-6). The drainage pattern is dendritic to sub-dendritic in nature and divided into 75 watersheds.

Figure 3-7: Drainage Map of Region

Figure 3-8: Drainage Map of 10Km Radius 3.7 HYDROGEOLOGY3 More than 90% of the district is underlain by crystalline formations and the remaining area by semi-consolidated formations. The degree and depth of weathering varies from place to place in crystalline formations and hence the potentiality of shallow aquifers also varies. Ground water occurs under unconfined conditions in weathered portion and semi-confined to confined condition occurs in fractures, joints at deeper depths. Ground water in weathered formations is developed by dug wells. For irrigation purposes, the dug wells are circular or rectangular in shape with 30 to 60 sq.m. The domestic wells are mostly circular in shape and smaller in size. The depth of the wells is upto 10m. The average discharge of energized wells ranges from 18 to 30 cu.m/day. However, during monsoon period, the discharge varies from 80 to 200 cu.m/day and during summer 10 to 50 cu.m/day. To increase the yield of the dug wells inclined/horizontal bores of 25 mm dia were drilled to a length of around 10m. The deeper aquifers are developed through construction of shallow/deep bore wells. The bore wells are drilled down to 120 m depth with 162 m dia in. However, the encountering of fractures beyond 70 m is very less and at few places, the potential aquifers were

3 http://cgwb.gov.in/district_profile/ap/chittoor.pdf

Figure 3-9: Hydrogeology of the region

3.8 SEISMICITY There are 4 major seismic zones (zones II, III, IV and V) in India, based on the seismo tectonic parameters, history of seismicity and certain geophysical parameters. The study area is categorized in the seismic zone III, which is classified as having a fairly high probability of earthquake shocks measuring 5 or 6 on the Richter scale. Low probability of shocks of 6 or 7 on the Richter scale and Seismic Zone IV which is referred as High damage risk Zone. Seismicity map of the project site is given in figure 3-10.

Figure 3-10: Seismicity Map of the Site

Figure 3-11: Seismicity of Chittor District

According to GSHAP data, the state of Andhra Pradesh falls in a region with low to moderate seismic hazard. As per the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) map, this state also falls in Zones II & III. Historically, parts of this state have experienced seismic activity in the M5.0-6.0 range. Approximate locations of selected towns and basic political state boundaries are displayed. Source: http://asc-india.org/maps/hazard/haz-andhra-pradesh.htm 3.9 LAND USE PATTERN The proposed project is located at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadaiahpalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh over an extent of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres).

3.9.1 DISTRICT LAND USE/LAND COVER STATISTICS Chittoor district is one of the chronically drought affected Rayalasema districts of Andhra Pradesh. It covers a geographical area of 15,152 sq. km and situated between 12° 37’ and 14°00’ North latitudes and 78°03’ and 79°55’ Eastern longitudes. Administratively the district is divided into 3 Revenue divisions, which are further sub-divided into 66 Revenue mandals. Farmers are mostly dependent on ground water for their irrigation purposes. The district receives moderate rainfall. Failure of monsoons during the last few years lead to failure of bore wells and failure of crops. Out of the total geographical area of 15,15,100 ha, the forests cover is 4,52,018 ha i.e., 30% of the total area. The barren and uncultivable land covers1,63,650 ha (11%) whereas the land put to non-agricultural use is 1,48,529 ha(9%). The current fallows and other fallow lands cover 1,34,536 ha. (8%) and1,14,920 ha (8%) respectively. The net area sown is 3,90,487 ha i.e., 27% of the total area. The area sown more than once is 40,899 ha (3%) making the total cropped area is 4,31,386 ha i.e., 30% of total. The details of land utilization are given Table-3-6. Table 3-6: Details of Land Utilization. S.No Category 2004 - 05 2005 – 06 2011 - 12 1. Forest 4,52,018 4,52,01 4,52,018 2. Barren & Uncultivable Land 1,64,265 1,64,220 1,63,650 3. Land put to Non – agricultural use 1,42,254 1,42,254 1,48,529 4. Cultivable Waste 39,512 43,537 41,691 5. Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing Lands 36,527 36502 33769 Land Under Miscellaneous Tree Crops and 6. 25,173 25,165 35,496 Groves not Included in the net area sown 7. Current Fallows 1,61,759 1,14,254 1,34,536 8. Other Fallow Lands 1,26,276 1,17,707 1,14,920 9. Net area sown 3,51,674 4,03,774 3,90,487 10. Total Geographical Area 15,15,100 15,15,10 15,15,100 11. Total Cropped Area 3,90,336 4,43,005 4,31,386 12. Area Sown more than Once 36,283 39,229 40,899

Figure 3-12: Land Use / Land Cover of Chittoor District

3.9.2 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA o Data Acquisition Topographical Data: Topographical maps of Survey of India (SOI) were obtained for land use study as well to develop contour and drainages pattern of area from D44N14, D44N15, D4402 and D4403. Satellite Data: The Satellite IRS P-6 LIS IV images are obtained from National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) Hyderabad. The satellite imagery of the 10 Km study area is given in Figure 3.13

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. o Methodology The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps:  Collection of source data of Survey of India (SOI) toposheet. These are the main inputs for the preparation of essential layers  Satellite data of IRS P-6 LIS IV sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and nearest neighborhood resampling technique  Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and contour map from the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map and drainage map from the satellite image by visual interpretation.  Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use/Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature  Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared  All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaicking, quality checking, data integration etc. are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Sq.km. Spatial Data from SOI Topographical Sheets  In the present study, the essential maps generated from SOI topographical maps. Using the topographical maps, the drainage map and contour Map were also developed. The maps are prepared to a certain scale and with attributes complying with the requirement of terms of reference (ToR). The location of entities on the earth’s surface is then specified by means of an agreed co-ordinate system. For most GIS, the common frame of co-ordinate system used for the study is UTM co-ordinates system. All the maps are first Geo- referenced. The same procedure is also applied on remote sensing data before it is used to prepare the Essential maps.  There is a road network connecting built-up areas. As the terrain conditions are Clay loam soil and site elevation bit undulations also there is a drainage network around the site location, there is no chance of flooding. Hence risk factors are less.

Figure 3-13: Satellite Imagery of the Study Area

Figure 3-14: Contour of the Study Area

3.9.3 LAND USE / LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA The present work, thematic mapping of Sri City – Expansion Project (Phase II) at Sri City, Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandals, Chittoor District, Andhra Pradesh, area has been carried out, in view of the proposed the area falls between Latitude: N: 13°29'43.76"N and Longitude E: 79°58'48.21"E. As per the need, and with the help of Topographical data, Satellite data and field studies mapping of Land use/ Land cover was carried out.  Generation of Thematic Layers Based on the physical characteristics of the study area, their sources, method of derivation of maps (IMSD Technical Guidelines, NRSC, 1995), the following map is generated. The classification of these maps is listed as below. a. Maps generated from remote sensing data using Visual image interpretation:  Land Use / Land Cover map (LU/LC) 3.9.3.1 Land Use / Land Cover Map Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of such resources. Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at both national and state levels. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved from or maintained at current levels. The satellite imagery is shown in figure 3-13 and land use / land cover map is shown in figure 3-16figure. 3.9.3.2 Methodology adopted for Land use / Land Cover mapping. The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital classification

B. Field Work  Type of ground data to be collected  Selection of sample area for final classification  Checking of doubtful areas  Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh development, nomenclature.  General verification C. Post Field Work  Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas  Transfer of details on base map  Marginal information  Preparation of final land use/land cover map

Basic data Data source Secondary data

IRS P6 LIS IV

Preparation of Kharif Rabi season base maps season

Development of interpretation keys based on image characteristics. Interpretation and mapping of land use /land cover categories

Ground verification of doubtful areas Validation and final and modification of thematic details interpretation key

Transfer of Kharif and Rabi season Final land use/land cover land use/land cover details on to a map with symbols and single base map. colours

Area estimation of each land use/land cover class.

Figure 3-15: Flowchart showing the methodology adopted for LU/LC mapping 3.9.3.3 Inference Land use and land cover have a direct relationship with environmental characteristics and processes, including the productivity of the land, species diversity, climate, biogeochemistry and the hydrologic cycle. GIS and Remote Sensing are gradually becoming an integrated technology that is being widely used in various applications. These two technologies are complementary, as they are simply variants of the digital spatial data. They have become inextricably linked in many application fields. The spatial display techniques for GIS and Remote Sensing information has greatly advanced within the past two decades. Technological advances in image processing and visualization techniques have developed display and interpretation mechanisms for the analysis of all forms and sources of geographical information.

Study Area Land Use / Land Cover Classification System Using the standard land use classification system proposed by NRSC, about five classes of level I, twelve of level II and four of level III land use / land cover classes were identified and mapped using satellite data in the present study. The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The land use / land cover Sri City – Expansion Project (Phase II) at Sri City, Satyavedu & Varadaiahpalem Mandals, Chittoor District, Andhra Pradesh, is given in table 3-7. Built –up land occupies about 16.57 Sq.km, Agriculture Crop land around 54.70Sq.km, Agriculture Plantation 98.37 Sq.km, Agriculture Fallow Land 185.85 Sq.km, Barren Land 45.46 Sq.km, Forest Land 156.33 Sq.km,Industrial 13.79 Sq.km and Water Body 99.57 Sq.km occupied. The statistical break-up of the land use classes of buffer zone are presented in Table 3-7 and depicted in figure 3-17.

Figure 3-16: Land Use / Land Cover of the 10Km Radius o0f Study Area.

Table 3-7: LU/LC Statistics of study area S.No Classification Area in Sq.Km % 01 Agricultural Crop Land 54.70 8.16 02 98.37 14.67 Agricultural Plantation 03 Agricultural Fallow Land 185.85 27.71 04 45.46 6.78 Barren/ Unculturable / Waste lands/ Scrub land 05 Forest 156.33 23.31 06 Built up land 16.57 2.47 07 Mine / Industry / Quarry 13.79 2.06 08 99.57 14.85 Water Body

Figure 3-17: Pie Diagram of 10 Km Radius LU/LC of Study Area

3.10 AIR ENVIRONMENT The prime objective of baseline air monitoring is to evaluate the existing air quality of the study area around the block. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the industrial area development of the proposed project. This section describes the selection of sampling locations, the methodology adopted for sampling, analysis techniques and frequency of sampling. The results of ambient air monitoring carried out during the study during October 2020 to January 2021 for 13 weeks.

Ambient air quality of the study area has been assessed through a network of 10 ambient air quality stations designed keeping in view the meteorological conditions of the study region and others such as major habitation, environment sensitivity etc. The AAQ locations selected based on the predominant wind directions and major habitation area. The methodology adopted for the air quality survey is given below.

3.10.1 SELECTION OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS The locations for air quality monitoring were scientifically selected based on the following considerations using climatological data. . Topography / Terrain of the study area . Human Settlements . Health status . Accessibility of monitoring site . Resource Availability . Representativeness of the region for establishing baseline status . Representativeness with respect to likely impact areas. The Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations are given in Table 3-8. Monitoring locations overlaid in Toposheet is given in figure 3-18. Table 3-8: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations Distance & Location Location Name Latitude Longitude Direction w.r.to Type Code Project Site Project Site – AAQ 1 Sri City - Kolladam 13°30'22.47"N 79°57'54.94"E Residential Kolladam - SW Project Site- Sri AAQ 2 Sri City - Thondur I 13°33'17.92"N 80° 1'35.10"E Industrial City - NE Project Site -Sri AAQ 3 Sri City - Irugulam 13°29'51.37"N 79°59'40.26"E Industrial City – SW Project Site- Sri AAQ 4 Sri City - Thondur II 13°33'52.05"N 80° 2'8.30"E Residential City – NE AAQ 5 Repallevada 13°31'0.29"N 79°53'54.32"E 6.17 km – W Residential AAQ 6 Satyavedu 13°26'17.83"N 79°57'23.56"E 5.61 km - SSW Residential AAQ 7 Varadaiahpalem 13°35'41.44"N 79°56'1.09"E 8.99 km – NNW Residential AAQ 8 Pallavada 13°28'37.69"N 80° 1'29.41"E 1.6 km – SE Residential AAQ 9 Pannamgadu 13°29'45.19"N 80° 5'56.43"E 9.0 km – ESE Residential AAQ 10 Tadakuppam 13°35'7.47"N 80° 2'40.08"E 2.0 km - NE Residential Source: ABC Techno Labs India Pvt Ltd

Figure 3-18: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Image

AAQ 1 – Sri City : Kolladam AAQ 2 – Sri City : Thondur I

AAQ 8 - Pallavada AAQ 9 - Panamgadu Figure 3-19: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Photographs

3.10.2 PARAMETERS FOR SAMPLING Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at a frequency of two days per week at each location for continuous three months. The baseline data of air environment was generated for the parameters namely Particulate Matter size less than 10 µm (PM10), Particulate Matter size less

than 2.5 µm (PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO),

Ammonia (NH3), Ozone (O3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo alpha pyrene (BaP), Lead (Pb), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) and free silica. Concentrations of pollutant parameter monitored have been compared with National Ambient Air Quality standards.

3.10.3 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR SAMPLING Respirable dust samplers APM 460 bl of Envirotech, fine particulate samplers APM 550 of

Envirotech & combo PM10 & PM2.5 sampler and as 271 of Envirotech were used for monitoring the

particulate matter p PM10 & PM2.5. The gaseous pollutant samplers as 109 of Ecotech & APM 411

along with APM 460 Envirotech were used for sampling of gaseous pollutant like SO2, NOX, O3 and

NH3. Carbon monoxide was measured by electro chemical sensor method. The instruments used for monitoring are periodically calibrated every year or after in case of any repair.

3.10.4 SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES The sampling and analytical techniques used for the monitoring of ambient air quality are given in table 3-9. The power supply for operation of AAQ instruments were utilized from nearest available sources like government building as Panchayat office, schools, and temple or residential buildings at each AAQ station. Table 3-9: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters (NAAQS) Sampling S.No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Time 1 Sulphur Dioxide IS 11255: (Part 2) / USEPA 50 80 (24 24 Hours (SO2), μg/m3 Method 6 (Annual) Hours) 2 Nitrogen IS: 5182 (Part – 6): 2006 /CPCB 40 80 (24 Dioxide guidelines Volume1 24 Hours (Annual) Hours) (NO2), μg/m3 3 Particulate In house method (Gravimetric 60 Matter method) based on CPCB 40(Annual) 24 Hours (24hours) (PM2.5), μg/m3 guidelines Volume1 4 Particulate IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60 100 (24 Matter (PM10), CPCB guidelines Volume1 24 Hours (Annual) hours) μg/m3 5 IS:5182(Part–10):1999 CO, mg/m3 (Reaff:2006) CPCB guidelines 2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours Volume1 6 Pb, μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–22):2004 0.5 1(24 24 Hours

Sampling S.No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Time (Reaff:2006) CPCB guidelines (Annual) hours) Volume1 7 In house method (Spectrophotometric method) 100 180 O3, μg/m3 8 Hours based on CPCB guidelines (8hours) (1hour) Volume1 8 NH3, μg/m3 In house method 100 400 (24 8 Hours (Spectrophotometric method) (Annual) hours) based on CPCB guidelines Volume1 9 Benzene, GC FID/ GC MS based on IS 5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) Annual Avg μg/m3 5182 (Part:12)/ CPCB guidelines Volume1 10 Benzo (a) In House Validated method By 1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) Annual Avg pyrene, μg/m3 HPCL , UV & GC MS Based on IS:5182(Part–12) CPCB guidelines Volume1 11 Arsenic, μg/ m3 In house method (AAS 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) Annual Avg method) Based on CPCB guidelines Volume 1 12 Nickel, μg/ m3 In house method (AAS method) 20 20 Annual Avg Based on CPCB guidelines (Annual) (Annual) Volume 1

3.10.5 RESULTS Various Parameters and their values like maximum, minimum and average have been computed from the monitored data for all the locations and summary of Ambient Air Quality test results are presented in following tables 3-10, 3-11

Table 3-10: Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results – Part I 3 3 3 3 PM10 µg / m PM2.5 µg / m SO2 µg / m NO2 µg / m 98 98 98 98 Code Location Name Max Min Avg Percent Max Min Avg Percent Max Min Avg Percent Max Min Avg Percent ile ile ile ile AAQ 1 Sri City - Kolladam 56 45 50.13 55.54 27 21 24.21 27 7.7 5.1 6.52 7.7 17 12.6 14.71 16.95 AAQ 2 Sri City - Thondur I 63 48 54.58 63 30 23 26.04 29.54 8.5 6.1 7.58 8.454 19 14.1 16.32 18.816 AAQ 3 Sri City - Irugulam 55 42 47.83 54.08 26 20 22.79 26 7.6 5.74 6.61 7.416 16.1 11.6 13.80 15.916 AAQ 4 Sri City - Thondur II 52 41 46.21 52 25 18 21.83 25 7.1 5.5 6.18 14.524 14.8 11.8 13.13 14.524 AAQ 5 Repallevada 50 38 43.71 49.54 24 18 20.54 24 7.4 5.1 6.17 7.262 14.5 11.8 13.13 14.316 AAQ 6 Satyavedu 60 46 53.17 60 30 22 24.92 29.54 8.6 6.3 7.65 8.508 19 13.6 16.20 18.816 AAQ 7 Varadaiahpalem 56 46 49.96 56 27 21 23.96 27 8.4 5.6 7.03 8.308 17.5 13.6 15.60 17.5 AAQ 8 Pallavada 58 45 50.71 57.54 28 21 24.25 28 8.8 6.3 7.39 8.616 18.2 12.7 15.32 17.648 AAQ 9 Pannamgadu 63 48 56.29 63 31 23 26.29 31 8.8 6.8 7.8 8.616 19.2 14.7 16.96 19.108 AAQ 10 Tadakuppam 59 44 51.13 58.54 28 21 24.13 27.54 8.4 5.9 7.12 8.262 18.2 12.8 15.32 17.648 CPCB / MoEF Standards Industrial / Residential / Rural and 100 60 80 80 Other Area

Table 3-11: Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results – Part II 3 3 3 3 Ammonia, µg / m Ozone, µg / m CO, µg / m Lead, µg / m 98 98 98 98 Code Location Name Max Min Avg Percent Max Min Avg Percent Max Min Avg Percent Max Min Avg Percent ile ile ile ile AAQ 1 Sri City - Kolladam BDL (<5) 13.1 9.3 11.45 13.054 0.21 0.11 0.16 0.2054 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 2 Sri City - Thondur I BDL (<5) 13.6 10.4 12.27 13.508 0.25 0.14 0.20 0.25 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 3 Sri City - Irugulam BDL (<5) 12 9.4 10.54 11.866 0.21 0.11 0.15 0.2008 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 4 Sri City - Thondur II BDL (<5) 11.7 8.9 9.94 11.516 0.17 0.11 0.13 0.17 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 5 Repallevada BDL (<5) 11.7 8.7 10.06 11.7 0.18 0.11 0.14 0.1754 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 6 Satyavedu BDL (<5) 13.9 10.3 12.26 13.808 0.26 0.13 0.19 0.26 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 7 Varadaiahpalem BDL (<5) 13.3 10.8 12.32 13.3 0.21 0.11 0.15 0.21 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 8 Pallavada BDL (<5) 13.7 10.1 12.18 13.654 0.21 0.12 0.16 0.21 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 9 Pannamgadu BDL (<5) 14.4 12.1 13.20 14.262 0.29 0.12 0.18 0.2808 BDL (<0.1) AAQ 10 Tadakuppam BDL (<5) 13.2 10.1 12.15 13.154 0.23 0.13 0.18 0.2254 BDL (<0.1) CPCB / MoEF Standards Industrial / Residential / 400 100 2 1 Rural and Other Area

Graphical Representation of AAQ - PM10 & PM2.5 70

Pallavada

Satyavedu

Repallevada

Tadakuppam

Pannamgadu

Varadaiahpalem

Sri City - Irugulam - SriCity

Sri City - Kolladam - SriCity Sri City - Thondur - SriCity I PM10 µg / m3 PM10 µgThondur - SriCity II / m3 PM10 µg / m3 PM10 µg / m3 AAQ 1 AAQ 2 AAQ 3 AAQ 4 AAQ 5 AAQ 6 AAQ 7 AAQ 8 AAQ 9 AAQ 10

PM2.5 µg / m3 PM2.5 µg / m3 PM2.5 µg / m3 PM2.5 µg / m3

Graphical Representation of AAQ - SO2 & NO2 25

0 AAQ 1 AAQ 2 AAQ 3 AAQ 4 AAQ 5 AAQ 6 AAQ 7 AAQ 8 AAQ 9 AAQ 10 Location Name SO2 µg / m3 SO2 µg / m3 SO2 µg / m3 SO2 µg / m3

NO2 µg / m3 NO2 µg / m3 NO2 µg / m3 NO2 µg / m3

Figure 3-20: Graphical Representation of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results 3.10.6 OBSERVATION 3 PM10 : The maximum and minimum concentrations of PM10 were recorded as 63 g/m and 38 g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Sri City - Thondur II (AAQ 4) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Repallevada (AAQ 5). The average concentrations were ranged between 43.71 to 56.29 g/m3.

3 PM2.5 : The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded as 31 g/m and 18 g/m3 respectively. The maximum concentration was recorded at Pannamgadu (AAQ 9) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Sri City - Thondur II and Repallevada (AAQ 4 and AAQ 5). The average values were observed to be in the range of 20.54 to 26.29 g/m3. 3 3 SO2 : The maximum and minimum SO2 concentrations were recorded as 8.8 g/m and 5.1 g/m . The maximum concentration was recorded at Pallavada and Pannamgadu (AAQ 8 and 9) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Sri City – Kolladam and Repallevada (AAQ 1 and 5). The average values were observed to be in the range of 6.17 g/m3 to 7.65 g/m3.

3 NOx : The maximum and minimum NOx concentrations were recorded as 19.2 g/m and 11.6 g/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at Pannamgadu (AAQ 9) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Sri City - Irugulam (AAQ 3). The average values were observed to be in the range of 13.13 to 16.96 g/m3. CO : The maximum and minimum CO concentrations were recorded as 0.29 mg/m3 and 0.11 mg/m3. The maximum concentration was recorded at Pannamgadu (AAQ 9) and the minimum concentration was recorded at Sri City – Kolladam (AAQ 1), Sri City – Irugulam (AAQ 3), Sri City - Thondur II (AAQ 4), Repallevada (AAQ 5) and Varadaiahpalem (AAQ 7). The average values were observed to be in the range of 0.13 to 0.20 mg/m3.

The concentrations of Benzene (C6H6), BaP, Lead, Arsenic, Nickel and Ammonia were below detectable limits at all locations and O3 present in locations are well within the standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Industrial, Rural, Residential and Other area. 3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The main objective of monitoring of ambient noise levels was to establish the baseline noise levels in the surrounding areas and to assess the total noise level in the environment of the study area. The measurements were carried out using Type 1 noise level integrated sound level meter. Monitoring was done at each location during the study period for 24 hrs on hourly basis to obtain hourly equivalent sound pressure level. A digital noise level meter was used to record the noise levels. From these values, day time and night time and 24-hrs Leq values were calculated. Day time is considered from 0600 hrs to 2200 hrs and night from 2200 hrs to 0600 hrs.

3.11.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise sources in the area. The noise monitoring has been conducted at 10 locations within study area which are presented in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12: Noise Quality Monitoring Stations Location Co-Ordinates Location Zone Type Code Latitude Longitude N 1 Sri City - Kolladam Residential 13°30'22.33"N 79°57'56.39"E Residential N 2 Sri City - Thondur I Industrial 13°33'19.93"N 80° 1'38.25"E Industrial N 3 Sri City - Irugulam Industrial 13°29'52.39"N 79°59'42.36"E Industrial N 4 Sri City - Thondur II Residential 13°33'51.80"N 80° 2'9.07"E Residential N 5 Repallevada Residential 13°30'59.05"N 79°53'53.51"E Residential N 6 Satyavedu Residential 13°26'15.69"N 79°57'23.54"E Residential N 7 Varadaiahpalem Residential 13°35'38.45"N 79°56'4.48"E Residential N 8 Pallavada Residential 13°28'38.05"N 80° 1'23.52"E Residential N 9 Pannamgadu Residential 13°29'46.29"N 80° 5'57.53"E Residential N 10 Tadakuppam Residential 13°35'9.43"N 80° 2'39.02"E Residential Source: ABC Techno Labs India Pvt Ltd

Figure 3-21: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

N 1: Sri City - Kolladam N 2: Sri City – Thondur I

N 5 : Repallevada N8 - Pallavada Figure 3-22: Noise Monitoring Photographs

3.11.2 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR SAMPLING Noise levels were measured using a sound level meter. The sound level meter measures the equivalent continuous noise level (Leq) by switching to the corresponding function mode.

3.11.3 METHOD OF MONITORING Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were measured at all locations. The readings were taken for every hour for 24 hours. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations covered in a 10 Km radius of the study area. The noise levels were measured once during the study period. These readings were later tabulated and the frequency distribution table was prepared. Finally, hourly and 24 hourly values for various noise parameters viz. Lday and Lnight were calculated. For noise levels measured over a given period of time, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the time certain noise

levels exceed the time interval. The notations for the statistical quantities of noise levels are described below:

L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time

L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time and

L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq) The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because the sound from a noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation: 2 Leq = L50 + (L10 - L90) /60 Parameters Measured During Monitoring For noise levels measured over a given period of the time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the time, certain noise levels are exceeded during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below: Hourly Leq day: Equivalent noise levels between 6.00 hours to 22.00 hours. Leq night: Equivalent noise levels between 22.00 hours to 6.00 hours.

3.11.4 RESULTS

The summary of computed ambient noise level parameters like Lday and Lnight are presented in Table 3-13 and compared to the standards specified by CPCB mentioned. Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Level Leq Leq Limit as per CPCB Location Leq Location Name Day Night guidelines Leq dB(A) Code [dB (A)] [dB (A)] [dB (A)] Day Night N 1 Sri City - Kolladam 50.1 42.3 48.7 55 45 N 2 Sri City - Thondur I 56.7 47.2 55.2 55 45 N 3 Sri City - Irugulam 53.2 44.7 51.7 55 45 N 4 Sri City - Thondur II 51.9 43.2 50.4 55 45 N 5 Repallevada 49.1 43.1 47.9 55 45 N 6 Satyavedu 54.6 44.8 53.1 55 45 N 7 Varadaiahpalem 53.5 44.1 52.0 55 45 N 8 Pallavada 51.6 43.8 50.2 55 45 N 9 Pannamgadu 58.6 51.4 57.2 55 45 N 10 Tadakuppam 48.7 43.1 47.5 55 45 Note: Daytime shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.,

Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m. Grpahical Representation of Noise Results 70 60 50 40 30 20 10

Pallavada

Satyavedu

Repallevada

Tadakuppam

Pannamgadu

Varadaiahpalem

Sri City - Irugulam - SriCity

Sri City - Kolladam - SriCity

Sri City - Thondur - SriCity I Sri City - Thondur - SriCity II N 1 N 2 N 3 N 4 N 5 N 6 N 7 N 8 N 9 N 10 Leq Day Leq Night Limit as per CPCB guidelines Leq dB(A) Limit as per CPCB guidelines Leq dB(A)

Figure 3-23: Graphical Representation of Noise Monitoring Results 3.11.5 OBSERVATIONS Day Time Noise Levels Noise levels during daytime were found to be in the range 48.7 to 58.6 dB (A). The maximum noise level was observed to be 58.6 dB (A) at Panamgadu (N9) and a minimum of 48.7 dB (A) was observed at Tadakuppam (N10). Night time Noise Levels Noise levels observed to fall in the range 42.3 to 51.4 dB (A) during the night time. A maximum of 51.4 dB (A) was observed at Panamgadu (N9) and a minimum of 42.3 dB (A) was observed at Kolladam (N1). Measured noise levels are observed to be in compliance with prescribed standards for ambient noise for the respective applicable categories except at monitoring location.

3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT The quality of ground / surface water is influenced by surface and sub-surface environmental conditions. The quantity/ quality of water entering the underground regime is another important parameter which influences underground water quality. Water sampling has been conducted to establish baseline water quality in the area. Water analysis was carried out for physical and chemical parameters as per the methods prescribed in IS and “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (American Public Health Association)”. The water samples were collected as grab samples and e analyzed for physical, chemical and biological characteristics.

3.12.1 SAMPLING LOCATIONS The sampling locations were selected based on reconnaissance survey with the following consideration: The sampling locations were selected based on reconnaissance survey with the following consideration: . Location of water courses; and . Location of residential area representing different activities The details of the water sampling (Ground & Surface) stations are presented in the Table 3-14. Table 3-14: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations Location Geographical Location Type of Location Name Code Latitude Longitude water Ground Water GW 1 Sri City - Kolladam 13°30'21.17"N 79°57'53.49"E Borewell GW 2 Sri City - Thondur I 13°33'18.98"N 80° 1'33.96"E Borewell GW 3 Sri City - Irugulam 13°29'51.53"N 79°59'38.71"E Borewell GW 4 Sri City - Thondur II 13°33'48.53"N 80° 2'07.99" E Borewell GW 5 Repallevada 13°30'59.44"N 79°53'59.60"E Borewell GW 6 Satyavedu 13°26'15.63"N 79°57'22.94"E Borewell GW 7 Varadaiahpalem 13°35'44.82"N 79°55'58.87"E Borewell GW 8 Pallavada 13°28'38.14"N 80° 1'26.19"E Borewell GW 9 Panamgadu 13°29'46.32"N 80° 5'56.61"E Borewell GW 10 Tadakuppam 13°350'3.37"N 80° 2'39.06"E Borewell Surface Water SW 1 TANK A (Kolladam tank) 13°31'32.99"N 80° 0'23.74"E SW 2 Pallavada Lake 13°27'53.31"N 80° 0'46.63"E Lake SW 3 TANK C (Irugulam lake) 13°33'34.43"N 80° 0'28.47"E SW 4 Telugu Ganga 9th Canal 13°29'17.69"N 79°57'28.81"E Canal SW 5 Eswarakulam Pond 13°31'50.55"N 79°59'27.01"E Pond SW 6 Pulicat Lake 13°34'47.59"N 80° 3'42.44"E Lake

Figure 3-24: Water monitoring Locations Ground water samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Water samples collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Selected physic-chemical and heavy metal have been analysed for ground water quality status in the study area.

3.12.2 RESULTS Various parameters have been computed from the monitored data for all the locations and summary of Water Quality test results are presented in following Tables 3-15, 3-16, 3-17, 3-18.

100

GW 3: Sri City - Irugulam GW 6: Satyavedu

GW 10 - Tadakuppam SW 4 – Telugu Ganga 9th Canal Figure 3-25: Water Monitoring Photographs

101

Table 3-15 : Results for Ground Water Analysis – Part I Limit as per IS S.No Parameters Unit Test Method GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 10500 : 2012 1 Colour Hazen IS 3025:1983 Part 4 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour 2 Odour - IS 3025:1984 Part 5 Agreeable Observed Observed Observed Observed Observed 3 Taste - IS 3025:1984 Part 5 Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 4 pH at 25°C - 6.5-8.5 7.15 7.41 7.14 7.59 7.18 (Reaff:2017) Electrical IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984 5 μS/cm Not Specified 594 795 477 997 716 Conductivity, (Reaff: 2019) IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 6 Turbidity NTU 1 BDL(<0.5) 0.8 BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) (Reaff: 2017) Total Dissolved IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 7 mg/l 500 335 437 266 533 419 Solids (Reaff: 2017) Total Suspended IS : 3025 Part 17-1984 8 mg/l Not Specified <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 Solids (Reaff: 2017) Total Alkalinity as IS : 3025 Part 23- 9 mg/l 200 170 212 110 250 150 CaCO3 1986(Reaff:2019) Total Hardness as IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 10 mg/l 200 192 230 142 280 220 CaCO3 (Reaff: 2019) IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 11 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 81 115 72 149 133 (Reaff: 2019) APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 2- 200 25 42 22 55 36 SO4 E APHA 23rd EDN -4500-F 13 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.0 0.13 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.17 B&D APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l - 45 1 4 3 5 14 NO3 B Ammonia as N- APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 15 mg/l 0.5 BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) NH3 NH3 B&C IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 16 Sodium as Na mg/l Not Specified 50 85 46 90 90 (Reaff:2019) 17 Potassium as K mg/l IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 Not Specified 1.9 2.4 1 3.2 1.4

102

Limit as per IS S.No Parameters Unit Test Method GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 10500 : 2012 (Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 40-1991 18 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 57 65 41 70 48 (Reaff:2019) 19 Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN Mg B 30 12 16 9.6 25.5 24 20 Iron as Fe mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 1 BDL(<0.05) 0.08 BDL (<0.05) BDL (<0.05) 0.05 21 Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.1 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) Phenolic APHA 23rd EDN 5530 22 compounds as mg/l 0.001 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) B,C,D Phenol 23 Copper as Cu mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) 24 Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3112B 0.001 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) 25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.003 BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) 26 Selenium as Se mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113B 0.01 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 27 Total Arsenic as As mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.01 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-CN 28 Cyanide as CN mg/l 0.05 BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) E 29 Lead as Pb mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 30 Zinc as Zn mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 5 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.01 0.02 Total Chromium as 31 mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) Cr 32 Nickel as Ni mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.02 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -3500-Al- 33 Aluminum as Al mg/l 0.03 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) B 2012 Total Nitrogen as IS 3025 Part 34 - 34 mg/l Not Specified 1 2 1.5 2.1 4 N 1988(Reaff:2019) IS 3025 Part 31 - 35 Total Phosphorous mg/l Not Specified 0.02 BDL(<0.02) 0.02 BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) 1988(Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 39-1991 36 Mineral oil mg/l 0.5 BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) (Reaff:2019) Poly Chlorinated 37 mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B 0.0005 BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) Biphenyls (PCBs) 38 Poly Nuclear mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6440 B 0.0001 BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001)

103

Limit as per IS S.No Parameters Unit Test Method GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 10500 : 2012 Aromatic Hydrocarbon as PAH MPN/ IS 1622 (1981) (Reaff – Absent/ 39 Total Coliforms <2 2 <2 <2 <2 100ml 2014) 100ml MPN/ IS 1622 (1981)(Reaff – Absent/ 40 E coli <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 100ml 2014) 100ml Source: ABC Techno Lab India Pvt Ltd Table 3-16: Results for Ground Water Analysis Part – II S. Limit as per IS Parameters Unit Test Method GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10 No 10500 : 2012 1 Colour Hazen IS 3025:1983 Part 4 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour 2 Odour - IS 3025:1984 Part 5 Agreeable Observed Observed Observed Observed Observed 3 Taste - IS 3025:1984 Part 5 Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 4 pH at 25°C - 6.5-8.5 7.52 7.88 7.41 7.93 8.01 (Reaff:2017) Electrical IS : 3025 Part 14- 1984 5 μS/cm Not Specified 754 671 898 2230 2670 Conductivity, (Reaff: 2019) IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 6 Turbidity NTU 1 BDL(<0.5) 0.6 BDL (<0.5) 1 1.6 (Reaff: 2017) IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 443 380 521 1254 1548 (Reaff: 2017) Total Suspended IS : 3025 Part 17-1984 8 mg/l Not Specified <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 Solids (Reaff: 2017) Total Alkalinity as IS : 3025 Part 23- 9 mg/l 200 190 155 260 420 390 CaCO3 1986(Reaff:2019) Total Hardness as IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 10 mg/l 200 230 206 300 550 630 CaCO3 (Reaff: 2019) IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 11 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 116 102 130 338 496 (Reaff: 2019)

104

S. Limit as per IS Parameters Unit Test Method GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10 No 10500 : 2012 APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 2- 200 50 40 52 160 230 SO4 E APHA 23rd EDN -4500-F 13 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.0 0.25 0.22 0.18 0.41 0.46 B&D APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 14 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l - 45 8 11 7 5 8 NO3 B APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 15 Ammonia as N-NH3 mg/l BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL (<0.05) BDL (<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) NH3 B&C IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 16 Sodium as Na mg/l Not Specified 88 71 99 261 310 (Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 17 Potassium as K mg/l Not Specified 2.3 1.4 2.5 14 17 (Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 40-1991 18 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 63 48 74 118 137 (Reaff:2019) 19 Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN Mg B 30 18 21 28 62 70 20 Iron as Fe mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 1 BDL (<0.05) 0.10 BDL (<0.05) 0.23 BDL(<0.05) 21 Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.1 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) Phenolic compounds APHA 23rd EDN 5530 22 mg/l 0.001 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) as Phenol B,C,D 23 Copper as Cu mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) 24 Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3112B 0.001 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) 25 Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.003 BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) 26 Selenium as Se mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113B 0.01 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 27 Total Arsenic as As mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.01 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-CN 28 Cyanide as CN mg/l 0.05 BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) E 29 Lead as Pb mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 30 Zinc as Zn mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 5 0.08 0.03 0.05 0.06 0.21 Total Chromium as 31 mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) Cr 32 Nickel as Ni mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.02 BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.02) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 33 Aluminum as Al mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3500-Al- 0.03 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03)

105

S. Limit as per IS Parameters Unit Test Method GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10 No 10500 : 2012 B 2012 IS 3025 Part 34 - 34 Total Nitrogen as N mg/l Not Specified 2.8 3 2.9 2.1 3 1988(Reaff:2019) IS 3025 Part 31 - 35 Total Phosphorous mg/l Not Specified 0.04 BDL(<0.02) 0.02 0.06 BDL(<0.02) 1988(Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 39-1991 36 Mineral oil mg/l 0.5 BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) (Reaff:2019) Poly Chlorinated 37 mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B 0.0005 BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) Biphenyls (PCBs) Poly Nuclear 38 Aromatic mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6440 B 0.0001 BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) Hydrocarbon as PAH MPN/ IS 1622 (1981) (Reaff – Absent/ 39 Total Coliforms 4 6 <2 8 <2 100ml 2014) 100ml MPN/ IS 1622 (1981)(Reaff – Absent/ 40 E coli <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 100ml 2014) 100ml

Table 3-17: Results for Surface Water Analysis Part - I Tolerance Limits For S. Parameters Unit Test method Inland Surface Waters, SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 No (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C 1. Temperature °C APHA 23rd EDN – 2550B Not Specified 25.9 26.2 27.1 27.4 2. Colour Hazen APHA 23rd EDN – 2120 C 300 2 1 7 5 No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour 3. Odour - APHA 23rd EDN – 2150 B Not Specified Observed Observed Observed Observed IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 4. Turbidity NTU 1 2.1 1.1 1.5 4.1 (Reaff: 2017) IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 5. pH at 25°C - 6.5 – 8.5 7.80 7.36 7.48 7.51 (Reaff:2017) 6. Electrical μS/cm IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 Not Specified 523 193 252 530

106

Tolerance Limits For S. Parameters Unit Test method Inland Surface Waters, SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 No (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C Conductivity, (Reaff: 2012) IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1500 321 104 140 304 (Reaff: 2017) Total Hardness as IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 8. mg/l Not Specified 120 40 70 188 CaCO3 (Reaff: 2019) Total Alkalinity as IS : 3025 Part 23- 9. mg/l Not Specified 66 38 44 160 CaCO3 1986(Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 10. Chloride as Cl mg/l 600 141 27 50 60 (Reaff: 2019) APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 11. Sulphate as SO mg/l 400 19 14 14 29 4 SO42- E APHA 23rd EDN -4500-F 12. Fluoride as F mg/l 1.5 0.21 0.16 0.19 0.21 B&D APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 13. Nitrate as NO mg/l 50 2 5 4 9 3 NO3- B APHA 23rd EDN -4500- 14. Ammonia as NH mg/l Not Specified 0.11 0.06 0.06 0.05 3 NH3 B&C IS : 3025 Part 31-1988 15. Phosphate as PO mg/l Not specified 0.06 0.02 0.03 0.05 4 (Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 16. Sodium as Na mg/l Not Specified 80 26 22 40 (Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 17. Potassium as K mg/l Not Specified 3.5 2 2.5 2.5 (Reaff:2019) IS : 3025 Part 40-1991 18. Calcium as Ca mg/l Not Specified 19 10 18 48 (Reaff:2019) APHA 23rd EDN 3500 Mg 19. Magnesium as Mg mg/l Not Specified 17 3.6 6 20 B 20. Iron as Fe mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B Not Specified 0.18 0.13 0.09 0.18

107

Tolerance Limits For S. Parameters Unit Test method Inland Surface Waters, SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 No (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C 21. Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -3111 B Not Specified 0.02 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 0.02 Phenolic compounds APHA 22nd EDN 5530 22. mg/l 0.005 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) as Phenol B,C 23. Copper as Cu mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 1.5 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) 24. Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3112B 0.005 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) 25. Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01 BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003) 26. Selenium as Se mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113B 0.05 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 27. Total Arsenic as As mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.2 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) APHA 23rd EDN -4500-CN 28. Cyanide as CN mg/l 0.05 BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) E 29. Lead as Pb mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.1 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 30. Zinc as Zn mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 15 0.06 0.02 0.07 0.06 31. Total Chromium as Cr mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 32. Nickel as Ni mg/l APHA 23rd EDN –3111 B Not Specified BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) Total Suspended IS : 3025 Part 17-1984 33. mg/l Not Specified 6 3 2 6 Solids (Reaff: 2019) Anionic Surfactants 34. mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -5540 C 1 BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) as MBAS 35. Mineral oil mg/l FI- IR Not Specified BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) Poly Chlorinated BDL BDL BDL 36. mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B Not Specified BDL (<0.0001) Biphenyls (PCBs) (<0.0001) (<0.0001) (<0.0001) Poly Nuclear BDL BDL BDL 37. Aromatic mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6440 B Not Specified BDL (<0.0001) (<0.0001) (<0.0001) (<0.0001) Hydrocarbon as PAH Dissolved Oxygen as IS:3025:Part-38:1989 38. mg/l 4 6.5 6.7 6.8 6.3 O2 (Reaff:2019) Chemical Oxygen IS:3025:Part-58:2006 39. mg/l Not Specified 18 12 14 15 Demand (Reaff:2019)

108

Tolerance Limits For S. Parameters Unit Test method Inland Surface Waters, SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 No (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C Bio-Chemical Oxygen IS:3025:Part-44:1993 40. Demand at 27°C for 3 mg/l 3 2 <2 <2 <2 (Reaff:2019) days IS:3025:Part-39:1991 - 41. Oil and Grease mg/l 0.1 BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) Reaff:2019) MPN/10 IS: 1622 -1981 (Reaff – 42. Total Coliforms 5000 2400 700 1100 500 0ml 2014) MPN/10 IS: 1622-1981(Reaff – 43. E coli Not Specified 170 40 80 33 0ml 2014)

Table 3-18: Results for Surface Water Analysis Part – II Tolerance Limits For S.No Parameters Unit Test Method Inland Surface Waters, SW 5 SW 6 (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C 1. Temperature °C APHA 23rd EDN – 2550B Not Specified 26.1 27.8 2. Colour Hazen APHA 23rd EDN – 2120 C 300 7 2 3. No Odour No Odour Odour - APHA 23rd EDN – 2150 B Not Specified Observed Observed 4. IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 Turbidity NTU 1 2.2 1.1 (Reaff: 2017) 5. IS : 3025 Part 11- 1983 pH at 25°C - 6.5 – 8.5 7.43 8.09 (Reaff:2017) 6. IS : 3025 Part 10-1984 Electrical Conductivity, μS/cm Not Specified 458 52500 (Reaff: 2012) 7. IS : 3025 Part 16-1984 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1500 265 33147 (Reaff: 2017) 8. Total Hardness as IS : 3025 Part 21-2009 mg/l Not Specified 170 6500 CaCO3 (Reaff: 2019)

109

Tolerance Limits For S.No Parameters Unit Test Method Inland Surface Waters, SW 5 SW 6 (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C 9. Total Alkalinity as IS : 3025 Part 23- mg/l Not Specified 150 142 CaCO3 1986(Reaff:2019) 10. IS : 3025 Part 32-1988 Chloride as Cl mg/l 600 43 18312 (Reaff: 2019) 11. APHA 23rd EDN -4500- Sulphate as SO mg/l 400 24 2632 4 SO42- E 12. APHA 23rd EDN -4500-F Fluoride as F mg/l 1.5 0.27 1.37 B&D 13. APHA 23rd EDN -4500- Nitrate as NO mg/l 50 11 2.2 3 NO3- B 14. APHA 23rd EDN -4500- Ammonia as NH mg/l Not Specified 0.18 0.05 3 NH3 B&C 15. IS : 3025 Part 31-1988 Phosphate as PO mg/l Not specified 0.10 0.08 4 (Reaff:2019) 16. IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 Sodium as Na mg/l Not Specified 36 11000 (Reaff:2019) 17. IS : 3025 Part 45-1993 Potassium as K mg/l Not Specified 1.9 482 (Reaff:2019) 18. IS : 3025 Part 40-1991 Calcium as Ca mg/l Not Specified 43 451 (Reaff:2019) 19. Magnesium as Mg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN 3500 Mg B Not Specified 15 1305 20. Iron as Fe mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B Not Specified 0.32 BDL(<0.05) 21. Manganese as Mn mg/l APHA 22nd EDN -3111 B Not Specified 0.02 BDL(<0.01) 22. Phenolic compounds mg/l APHA 22nd EDN 5530 B,C 0.005 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) as Phenol 23. Copper as Cu mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 1.5 BDL(<0.03) BDL(<0.03) 24. Mercury as Hg mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3112B 0.005 BDL(<0.001) BDL(<0.001) 25. Cadmium as Cd mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.01 BDL(<0.003) BDL(<0.003)

110

Tolerance Limits For S.No Parameters Unit Test Method Inland Surface Waters, SW 5 SW 6 (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C 26. Selenium as Se mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113B 0.05 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 27. Total Arsenic as As mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3113 B 0.2 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 28. APHA 23rd EDN -4500-CN Cyanide as CN mg/l 0.05 BDL(<0.05) BDL(<0.05) E 29. Lead as Pb mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.1 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 30. Zinc as Zn mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 15 0.10 0.11 31. Total Chromium as Cr mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -3111 B 0.05 BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 32. APHA 23rd EDN – Nickel as Ni mg/l Not Specified BDL(<0.01) BDL(<0.01) 3111 B 33. IS : 3025 Part 17-1984 Total Suspended Solids mg/l Not Specified 5 2 (Reaff: 2019) 34. Anionic Surfactants as mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -5540 C 1 BDL(<0.025) BDL(<0.025) MBAS 35. Mineral oil mg/l FI- IR Not Specified BDL(<0.5) BDL(<0.5) 36. Poly Chlorinated mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6630 B Not Specified BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) Biphenyls (PCBs) 37. Poly Nuclear Aromatic mg/l APHA 23rd EDN -6440 B Not Specified BDL (<0.0001) BDL (<0.0001) Hydrocarbon as PAH 38. Dissolved Oxygen as IS:3025:Part-38:1989 mg/l 4 5.9 5.7 O2 (Reaff:2019) 39. Chemical Oxygen IS:3025:Part-58:2006 mg/l Not Specified 18 18 Demand (Reaff:2019) 40. Bio-Chemical Oxygen IS:3025:Part-44:1993 Demand at 27°C for 3 mg/l 3 2 <2 (Reaff:2019) days 41. IS:3025:Part-39:1991 - Oil and Grease mg/l 0.1 BDL(<0.1) BDL(<0.1) Reaff:2019) 42. Total Coliforms MPN/ IS: 1622 -1981 (Reaff – 5000 2400 40

111

Tolerance Limits For S.No Parameters Unit Test Method Inland Surface Waters, SW 5 SW 6 (IS: 2296-1982) CLASS – C 100ml 2014) 43. MPN/ IS: 1622-1981(Reaff – E coli Not Specified 140 2 100ml 2014) Source: ABC Techno Lab India Pvt Ltd

112

3.12.3 OBSERVATIONS A. Ground Water The physicochemical characteristics of ground water in the study area are presented in results and is compared with the standards (IS 10500: 2012 Indian Standards/Specifications for Drinking Water) reference values. I. Physical Parameters Colour: The colour of ground water samples was <1 Hazen unit and meets the desirable limit of drinking water standards. Odour: Ground water samples were found odourless. Turbidity: The turbidity of water samples ranges from BDL (<0.5NTU) to 1.6 NTU and meets permissible limit at all the ground water sampling locations. pH: The pH value of all ground water samples ranges from 7.14 to 8.01 and meets the desirable limit of drinking water standards. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): The TDS in ground water samples range from 266 to 1548 mg/l, meets in GW1 to GW3 & GW5 to GW7 (Sri City – Kolladam, Sri City - Thondur I, Sri City - Irugulam, & Repallevada, Satyavedu, Varadaiahpalem) & exceeds in GW4, GW8 to GW10 (Sri City - Thondur II, Pallavada, Panamgadu, Tadakuppam) the permissible limit of 500 mg/l in the ground water sampling locations. II. Chemical Parameters Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in ground water samples ranges from 110 mg/l to 420 mg/l, meets in GW1 (Sri City – Kolladam), GW3 (Sri City - Irugulam) GW5 to GW7 (Repallevada, Satyavedu, Varadaiahpalem) & exceeds in GW2 (Sri City - Thondur I), GW4 (Sri City - Thondur II), GW8 to GW10 (Pallavada, Panamgadu, Tadakuppam) the permissible limit of 200 mg/l at all the ground water sampling locations. Total Hardness: The total hardness of ground water a sample range between 142 mg/l to 630 mg/l, meets in GW1 (Sri City – Kolladam) & GW3 (Sri City - Irugulam) and exceeds in all other locations, the permissible limit 200 mg/l of drinking water standards. Calcium: The Calcium content in ground water a sample range from 41 mg/l to 137 mg/l, meets in all locations except GW9 (Panamgadu), GW10 (Tadakuppam) the permissible limit of 75 mg/l at the ground water sampling locations. Magnesium: The Magnesium content in ground water samples range from 12 mg/l to 70 mg/l, meets in all locations except GW9 (Panamgadu), GW10 (Tadakuppam) the permissible limit of 30 mg/l at the ground water sampling locations.

113

Chloride: The chloride content in ground water samples range from 72 mg/l to 496 mg/l, meets in all locations except GW9 (Panamgadu), GW10 (Tadakuppam) the permissible limit of 250 mg/l at the ground water sampling locations. Sulphate: Sulphate content in ground water sample ranges from 22 mg/l to 230 mg/l, meets in all locations except GW10 (Tadakuppam), the permissible limit of 200 mg/l at all the ground water sampling locations. Nitrate: Nitrate content in ground water samples ranges from 1 to 14 mg/l and meets the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l at all the ground water sampling locations. Iron: The iron content in all ground water sample ranges from BDL(<0.05) mg/l to 0.23 mg/l and meets acceptable limit of 1 mg/l at all the ground water sampling locations. Manganese: Manganese content in ground water samples found to be Below Detection Level (<0.02 mg/l). Fluoride: Fluoride content in ground water samples ranges from 0.13 mg/l to 0.46 mg/l and meets the permissible limit of 1.0 mg/l drinking water standards.; Sodium: Sodium content in ground water samples ranges from 46 mg/l to 310 mg/l. Potassium: Potassium content in ground water samples ranges from 1 mg/l to 17 mg/l. Lead: Lead content in ground water samples found to be Below Detection Level (<0.01 mg/l) at all the ground water sampling locations. Zinc: Zinc content in ground water samples ranges from 0.01 mg/l to 0.21 mg/l and meets the acceptable limit 5 mg/l at all the ground water sampling locations. Total Nitrogen: Total Nitrogen content in ground water samples range from 1 mg/l to 4 mg/l. Total Phosphorus: Total Phosphorus content in ground water samples range from BDL (<0.02) mg/l to 0.06 mg/l. III. Biological Parameters Total Coliform: Total coliform content in ground water samples ranges from <2 to 8 which doesn’t meet the IS 10500:2012 standards for drinking water. IV. Other Parameters Aluminum, Selenium, Phenolic Compounds, Copper, Cadmium, Mercury, Nickel, Total Arsenic, Total Chromium, Cyanide and Mineral Oil, Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs), Poly Nuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH) in all ground water samples were found below detection limit (BDL). Conclusions:- The results of ground water samples were compared to Indian Standard Specification of drinking water IS: 10500:2012. Analysed parameters meet permissible limits for drinking standards. Ground water

114

samples needs filtration and other treatment before usage. Presence of Total dissolved solids in GW 2 to GW 6, Total alkalinity in GW1, GW2, GW5, GW6; Total Hardness GW1 to GW6; Calcium in GW2, GW5, GW6; Magnesium in GW3, GW6; Chloride GW3, GW6; Sulphate GW4, GW6; doesn’t meet the IS 10500:2012 Standards for drinking water. B. SURFACE WATER The collected surface water sample was analysed and results of surface water analysis are given in Table 3-17, 3-18. i. Physical Parameters  Colour: The colour of surface water samples was found in the range of 2 to 7 Hazen units.  Odour: Surface water sample were found odourless.  Turbidity: The turbidity of surface water sample was found in the range 1.1 to 4.1 NTU  pH: The pH value of all surface water sample ranges from 7.36 to 8.09  Electrical Conductivity: Electrical conductivity in surface water sample ranges from 193 to 52500 μS/cm.  Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): The TDS in surface water sample range from 104 to 33147 mg/l. ii. Chemical Parameters  Total Alkalinity: The total alkalinity of surface water sample range between 44 to 160 mg/l.  Total Hardness: The total hardness of surface water sample range between 40 to 6500 mg/l.  Calcium: The Calcium content in surface water sample range from 10 to 451 mg/l.  Magnesium: The Magnesium content in surface water sample range from 3.6 to 1305 mg/l.  Chloride: The chloride content in surface water sample range from 27 to 18312 mg/l.  Sulphate: Sulphate content in surface water sample ranges from 14 to 2632 mg/l.  Nitrate: Nitrate content in surface water sample ranges from 2 to 11 mg/l.  Iron: The iron content in surface water sample ranges from <0.05 to 0.32 mg/l.  Manganese: The Manganese content in surface water sample found to be BDL (<0.01) to 0.02 mg/l  Fluoride: Fluoride content in surface water samples ranges from 0.16 to 1.37 mg/l.  Sodium: Sodium content in surface water samples ranges from 22 to 11000 mg/l.  Potassium: Potassium content in surface water sample ranges from 1.9 to 482 mg/l.  Zinc: Zinc content in all surface water samples found to be 0.02 to 0.11 mg/l.  Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD): The COD level of the SW sample found to be in the range between 12 to 18 mg/l.

115

 Dissolved Oxygen (DO): The DO level of the SW samples found to be in the range between 5.7 to 6.8 mg/l.  Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): The BOD level of the SW samples found to be in the range between <2 to 2 mg/l. iii. Biological Parameters  Total Coliform Count: Total Coliform Count in surface water sample ranges from 40 to 2400 MPN/ 100ml.  E. coli: E.Coli in surface water samples ranges from 2 to 170 MPN/ 100ml. iv. Other Parameters  Aluminium, Selenium, Phenolic Compounds, PCBs, PAH, Mineral oil, Cadmium, Mercury, Nickel, Total Arsenic, Total Chromium, Cyanide in all surface water samples were found below detection limit (BDL). Conclusions:- The results of surface water samples were compared to IS 2296:1962 CLASS – C Tolerance limits of Surface water used for drinking and the results were within permissible limits for all parameters except Turbidity and Dissolved Oxygen, Biological oxygen demand. Turbidity, Dissolved Oxygen, Biological oxygen demand exceeds permissible limits in the Monitoring locations. This increase in values might be due to the algal bloom and improper disposal of sewage in the surface water sources. 3.13 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.13.1 SOIL PROFILE OF DISTRICT Soils have been classified into 1) Sandy soil 2) Sandy loam 3) Red loam 4) Clay 5) Clayey loam and 6) Black cotton soils. The red loamy soils are generally observed at the highest elevations whereas the black cotton soils invariably occupy the valley areas. Other types of soils are found at Intermediate elevations.

3.13.2 SOIL ANALYSIS The present study of the soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future in identifying the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of the proposed development area.  To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area and  To determine the impact of the proposed project development activities within the land area on soil characteristics

116

Ten (10) locations within the study area were selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from three different depths viz., 30 cm, 60 cm and 100 cm below the surface. The samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The details of the soil sampling location are presented in Table 3-19. The results are presented in Table 3-20 & 3-21 and compared with Standard Soil Classification presented in Table 3-22. Table 3-19: Soil Sampling Locations S.No Location Latitude Longitude Type of Soil S 1 Sri City - Kolladam 13°30'22.14"N 79°57'54.11"E Barren Land S 2 Sri City - Thondur I 13°33'16.30"N 80° 1'31.57"E Barren Land S 3 Sri City - Irugulam 13°29'52.27"N 79°59'43.26"E Barren Land S 4 Sri City - Thondur II 13°33'48.97"N 80° 2'9.12"E Barren Land S 5 Repallevada 13°30'58.85"N 79°53'54.22"E Barren Land S 6 Satyavedu 13°26'15.25"N 79°57'19.86"E Agriculture S 7 Varadaiahpalem 13°35'48.48"N 79°56'4.97"E Agriculture S 8 Pallavada 13°28'36.70"N 80° 1'24.61"E Agriculture S 9 Pannamgadu 13°29'47.43"N 80° 6'0.12"E Agriculture S 10 Tadakuppam 13°35'7.72"N 80° 2'36.64"E Barren Land

Figure 3-26: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

117

3.13.3 RESULTS The results of the soil analysis are tabulated in Table 3-20 & 3-21. Standard soil classification is given in Table 3-22.

S 2 – Sri City : Thondur I S 3 – Sri City : Irugulam

S 6 - Satyavedu S 8 - Pallavada Figure 3-27: Soil Sampling Monitoring Photographs

118

Table 3-20: Soil Quality Results Part I S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S.No Parameters Kolladam Thondur I Irugulam Thondur II Repallevada 1 pH (1:5 Soil Suspension) 7.72 7.47 7.81 7.39 8.14 2 Bulk Density, g/cc 1.37 1.41 1.35 1.36 1.19 3 Moisture Content, % 3.69 4.78 5.77 4.15 6.27 Electrical conductivity, mS/cm 4 0.114 0.089 0.154 0.169 0.414 (1:5 Soil Suspension) 5 Total Nitrogen as N, kg/ha 228 275 198 293 396 6 Available Phosphorous as P, kg/ha 32.9 21.7 45.8 31.7 52.4 7 Available Potassium as K , kg/ha 256 198 211 315 425 8 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca, m.eq/100g 12.2 11.1 13 10.9 18.2 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg, 9 3.71 3.24 4.15 2.98 5.14 m.eq/100g Exchangeable Sodium as Na, 10 m.eq/100g 0.96 1.12 0.75 1.34 1.98 11 Organic matter (%) 0.89 1.14 0.82 1.06 1.45 12 Organic Carbon as C, % 0.51 0.66 0.47 0.61 0.84 13 Texture Classification Loam Loam Loam Loam Clay 14 Sand (%) 36.7 42.1 38.7 40.1 22.3 15 Clay (%) 25.2 23.7 25.2 28 59.4 16 Silt (%) 38.1 34.2 36.1 31.9 18.3

119

Table 3-21: Soil Quality Results Part II S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S.No Parameters Satyavedu Varadaiahpalem Pallavada Pannamgadu Tadakuppam 1 pH (1:5 Soil Suspension) 8.14 8.36 7.49 8.47 8.36 2 Bulk Density, g/cc 1.42 1.21 1.33 1.20 1.17 3 Moisture Content, % 4.05 5.26 3.71 6.96 5.78 Electrical conductivity, mS/cm 4 0.124 0.214 0.091 0.474 0.694 (1:5 Soil Suspension) 5 Total Nitrogen as N, kg/ha 307 363 237 282 354 6 Available Phosphorous as P, kg/ha 31.7 40.4 19.6 37.9 45.7 7 Available Potassium as K , kg/ha 236 382 217 436 512 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca, 8 m.eq/100g 15.1 17.6 11.7 18.2 17.3 Exchangeable Magnesium as Mg, 9 m.eq/100g 4.06 4.51 3.32 5.011 6.85 Exchangeable Sodium as Na, 10 m.eq/100g 1.42 1.63 0.97 2.52 3.11 11 Organic matter (%) 1.31 1.46 0.89 1.41 1.57 12 Organic Carbon as C, % 0.76 0.84 0.51 0.81 0.91 Sandy Clay 13 Texture Classification Clay Loam Clay Clay Loam 14 Sand (%) 49.3 24.5 38.6 21.6 20.6 15 Clay (%) 24.6 62.8 26.4 68.7 71.3 16 Silt (%) 26.1 12.7 35 9.7 8.1 BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit

120

The physic-chemical concentrations of the soil samples are determined and compared with the standard soil classification provided by the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and as given in Table 3-22. Table 3-22: Standard Soil Classification S.No Parameter Acceptable Values <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51-5.50 Very Strongly acidic 5.51-6.0 Moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic 1. pH 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline Salinity Electrical Upto 1.00 Average 2 Conductivity (mS/cm) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination (640 ppm=1000 µS/cm) 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) Upto 1.0 : Very less 0.21-0.4 : less 0.41-0.5 : medium 3 Organic Carbon (%) 0.51-0.8 : On an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: Sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient Upto 50 very less 51-100 less 4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) 101-150 good 151-300 better >300 sufficient Upto 15 Very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient 0-120 very less 120-180 less 180-240 medium 6 Potassium (Kg/ha) 240-300 average 300-360 better >360 more than sufficient Source: Handbook of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

121

3.13.4 OBSERVATION  The pH values ranging from 7.39 to 8.47 indicating the moderate and ideal of plant growth properties.  The texture of the soil sample is predominantly Loam in most of the places with Clay, Loam in some locations. The sand, silt and clay properties were found to be in the range of 21.6 % to 49.3 %, 23.7 % to 71.3 % and 8.1 % to 38.1 %.  The conductivity of the soil ranges from 0.089 mS/cm to 0.694 mS/cm.  The moisture content in the study locations ranged from 3.69 % to 6.27 %.  The available nitrogen content ranges between 198 kg/Ha to 396 kg/Ha in the locality and the value of phosphorus content varies between 19.6 kg/Ha to 52.4 kg/Ha. This indicates that the soil has very high quantities of Nitrogen and Phosphorus.  The potassium content varies from 198 kg/Ha to 512 kg/Ha, which indicates that the soils have medium levels of potassium.  The organic carbon properties of the soil was found to be in the range of 0.47 % to 0.91 % and Organic Matter was found to be in the range of 0.82 % to 1.46 %. From the above observations, it was found that the soil in the Study area shows moderate fertility and ideal for plant growth. 3.14 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.14.1 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY 3.14.1.1 Introduction An ecosystem is composed of plant and animal populations, and it differs from natural community designation in that it involves the total nutrient and energy economics of the system as well as the organisms involved. Ecosystems are self-maintained and self-contained. Natural ecosystems are invariably richer in species and more stable than those of artificially developed, due to their many inter-dependencies and inter-relationships. Ecosystem shows complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components leading to dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise both plant and animal communities, interacting not only within and between themselves but also with the abiotic components of the environment. Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors because of their strong relationships with them. The studies on the biological aspects of the ecosystem are important in Environment Impact Assessment studies for the suitability of natural flora & fauna. Information on the impact of environment stress on the community structure serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning system to check the damage on a particular ecosystem.

122

A change in the composition of biotic communities under stress is reflected through a change in the distribution pattern, density, diversity, frequency, dominance and abundance of natural species of fauna and flora existing in the ecosystem. These changes over a span of times can be quantified and related to the existing environment. 3.14.1.2 Objectives The objectives of ecological study during the study period of EIA study may be outlined as follows:  To characterize the environmental components like land, water, flora and fauna;  To understand their present status;  To understand carrying capacity of the ecosystem;  To assess present bio-diversity; and  To identify susceptible and sensitive areas. 3.14.1.3 Regional Biodiversity Tamil Nadu has a geographical area of 13 million ha which constitute of about 4% of the total area of the State is 1,30,19,000 ha covering 4.08% of the country. Tamil Nadu shares the Western Ghats Biodiversity (one of the 12 Global mega biodiversity Hotspots) with Western Ghats States of Kerala, Karnataka, Maharashtra and Goa. It shares the Eastern Ghats with the States of Andhra Pradesh and Orissa. It also shares the East-coast with the States of Andhra Pradesh, Orissa and West Bengal. Forest Biodiversity in the State is mainly confined to Western Ghats and Eastern Ghats. It includes a Recorded Forest Area of 22.6 lakh ha covering 17.4% of geographic area of the State. However area under forest cover according to Forest Survey of India (FSI) is only 17.07 lakh ha covering 13.13% of the Geographic Area. There are about 3,072 hamlets bordering the forest areas of the state. There are nearly 47 Forest Types in the state of which 13 types are Climax formations, 8 types are edaphic formations and 6 types are several stages and the rest are degradation types. Tropical dry Deciduous Forest covers an area of 12.23lakh ha constituting 54.30%, Tropical Thorn Forest covers an area of 5 lakh ha constituting 22.10%, Tropical Moist Deciduous Forest covers an area of 2.60 lakh ha constituting a percentage of 11.10%. The Biodiversity rich forest types are the Tropical Wet Evergreen Forest covering an area of 0.60 lakh ha constituting 2.67%, Tropical Semi Evergreen Forest covering a area of 0.23 lakh ha constituting 1.01%, Subtropical Broad leaved Hill Forest covers an area of 1.14 lakh ha constituting 5.04%, the Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest which is a unique type of Tamil Nadu covers an area of 0.26 lakh ha constituting 1.16%, the mangrove forest covers an area of approximately 0.23 lakh ha constituting 1.01%. Habitat fragmentation is the process by which habitats which were once continuous become divided into separate fragments. This mainly happens due to human activities such as agriculture, rural

123

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. development and urbanization. As cities and civilization grow in size, the fragmentation of habitats causes extinction of many plant and animal species and is the largest threat to biodiversity on Earth. Designing with nature can improve the quality of cities for people, plants, and animals. In doing so, ecosystem services can be enhanced. The area is a degraded scrub land intermixed with agriculture fields. There is one reserved or protected forest in the study area. The region is an urbanized area with developmental activities that include industries, stone quarries, railway lines and roads. Some of the area is covered with agricultural fields as well as fruit trees cultivations. Small patches were noted of open scrublands forming pockets of degraded vegetation. Most of the horticultural activity is dominated by coconut and banana gardens. The fragmented plantation or scrubland consists of plant species Azadirachta indica, Cocos nucifera, Mangifera indica, Ficus hispida, Acacia auriculiformis, Delonix regia, Syzygium cumini, Emblica officinalis, Musa paradise etc. The study area also have plantations of cashes, Eucalyptus sp, Casuarina, Bambusa arundanacea and other miscellaneous species. The state’s rich biodiversity and the natural resources are facing a serious threat from the growing human and livestock population and also from various developmental activities. Biodiversity Conservation has been structured covering the Ecosystem Diversity, Species Diversity and Genetic Diversity. Species Diversity has been structured separately for plants and animals. Wild plant diversity has been structured on the lines of Red-listed plants, Endemic plants, Medicinal plants, Wild relatives of cultivated plants, allied species of cultivated species and others. Wild Animal diversity has been structured on the lines of Red listed animals, Endemic animals, Flag ship species, Key stone species, Pollinators and others. Domesticated species diversity has been structured on the lines of Cultivated Plants and Domesticated animals. 3.14.1.4 Biogeographic Zone, Province and Forest Type This study has been carried out during the winter season during October 2020 – January 2021 of study period for the purpose of providing an independent and comprehensive baseline assessment of the flora, terrestrial vertebrate, aquatic fauna and associated habitat values of the site and within 10 Km radius area around the project site at Phase II (895.35 Ha ) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh by M/s. Sri City and a subsequent assessment of potential ecological impacts. The study area falls under semi arid category as far as the Indian biogeographical zones (Rodger, Panwar, Mathur 2000) are concerned. Under the biogeographical provinces, the study area falls under the category of 6E- Deccan South.

124

The field investigation and satellite imagery data show, that the study area is a mixture of agricultural, wasteland and get irrigated by the tanks and bore wells. The dry tropical vegetation is observed within the study area. The experimental finding of the monsoon season shows the dominance of grasses like Cyanodon. From the primary observations, the tree species recorded in the forest were Azadirachta indica, Cocos nucifera, Mangifera indica, Ficus hispida, Acacia auriculiformis, Delonix regia, Syzygium cumini, Emblica officinalis, Musa paradise etc.

Figure 3-28: Map showing the Bio-geographic Provinces of India The detailed ecological assessment of the study area has been carried out with the following objectives:  To establish the present status of ecological conditions surrounding the project location;  To study the existing anthropogenic stresses on the prevailing ecosystem.  To identify and predict the likely impacts on the local ecosystem from the proposed activities;  To list out floral species, terrestrial vertebrate and aquatic flora and fauna present within the

125

study area, and significance status under The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972;  To define ecological/conservation status of each species as per IUCN categories (Red Data List).

 To formulate migratory measures and a sustainable Environmental Management Plan (EMP) basing upon the likely impacts. During survey, following aspects were considered for ecological studies:  Assessment of present status of flora and fauna;  Identification of rare and endangered species of plants and animals (if any);  Identification of ecologically sensitive areas within the study area;  Assessment of migratory route of wildlife (if any); and  Assessment of Aquatic Ecology with specific reference to aquatic birds and fishery resources. 3.14.1.5 Methodology Terrestrial investigations for flora and fauna records were collected by random field survey and a checklist was prepared. During field survey, discussions with the local people were carried-out to collect information related to local biodiversity in and around the villages. The ecological status of the study area has been assessed based on the following methodology:  Primary field surveys to establish primary baseline of the study area;  Compilation of secondary information available in published literatures/ forest working plans etc.  Site Verification and finalization in consultation with Project proponent, local inhabitants.  Vegetation analysis through quadrate method using sampling plots of 20m x 20m. . 20m X 20m for tree species (record trees >20 cm in GBHOB /species); . 5m X 5m [four plots] was laid along diagonals wherein all the shrubs recorded. . 1m X 1m [five plots], one at the centre and four at one per quadrate] was laid and herbs, grasses in five plots to be noted.  Protocol for Sampling through Quadrate Method The standard method chosen for the assessment of plant diversity involves the use of square vegetation quadrates (‘plots’). These quadrates were used to measure most vegetation attributes in most vegetation types. Quadrate locations marked by pegs or sometimes by grid system. The study area is demarcated as 10 km from the periphery of project area based on the MoEF&CC guidelines. After demarcation, the study area is divided into sampling units, i.e. the areas which are approximately true representative of the whole area, and were sampled for the identification of plant and animal species.

126

A. Floral Study The assessment of the flora of the study area is done by an extensive field survey of the area of 10 Km radius. . Plants species were identified based on their specific diagnostics characters of family, genus and species using available floral, other related literature. . Besides the identification of plant species, information was collected on the vernacular names and uses of plants made by local inhabitants. . Qualitative analysis of vegetation is made by two different methods such as floristic (by simple studying various genera and species of various plant groups i.e. herbs, shrubs, trees etc). B. Phyto – Sociology A nested quadrates technique was used for sampling the vegetation. All the plots sampled were representative of most common types, sampling 20m x 20m for trees and 5m x 5m for shrubs, 1m x 1m for herbs square meter quadrates were laid. Selection of sites for sampling of vegetation is done by random sampling procedure. However, in general to study the phytosociological attributes, quadrates of 20 m × 20 m size for tree species are randomly laid out at each site at different elevations. Then the observation on the following parameters is recorded: 1. Name of the species. 2. Number of the occurrence of each species in each quadrate. The field data for phytosociological studies was collected in the study area. Vegetation data was quantitatively analyzed for frequency, density and dominance using standard methodologies. The relative values of frequency, density, and dominance of all the recorded species was summed up to represent Importance Value Index (IVI). Not only IVI facilitates comparison between species of a community, but also the data collected on dispersion, number and cover can be profitably used in comparing the vegetation structure of two or more stands or of the same stand over a period of time. Vegetation structure with respect of varying environmental factors can also be studied through such studies in sets of varying environmental conditions. The IVI was determined as the sum of the relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance. It thus incorporate three important parameters that measures of productivity and diversity of every species therefore. IVI = Relative frequency + Relative density + Relative dominance C. Faunal Study Ground surveys are carried out by trekking the study area for identification of important animal groups such as birds, mammals and reptiles for sampling of animals through the following methods.  For sampling birds/ avifauna ‘point sampling’ along the fixed transects (foot trails) were done to

127

record all the species of birds with the help of binoculars; field guides and photography for more than 1 hour on each transect (n=4).  For sampling mammals, ‘direct count on open width (20 m) transect’ were used on the same transects. Besides, information on recent sightings/records of mammals by the locals were also collected from the study areas.  ‘Reptiles’ mainly lizards were sampled by ‘direct count on open width transects’.  Secondary information collected from local villagers, published government data etc.  List of the endangered and endemic species as per the schedule of The Wildlife Protection Act, 1972

Emphasis is given to identify avifauna and mammals to determine the presence and absence of Schedule-1 species, listed in The Wildlife Protection Act 1972, as well as in Red List of IUCN. Various methods used for study animals are as follows: A. Point Survey Method: Observations were made at each site for 15-20 min duration. B. Road Side Counts: The observer travelled by motor vehicles from site to site and all sightings were recorded. 3.14.1.6 Floristic Composition within the Study Area The ecology and diversity survey was conducted in the 10 km radius in the study area. It is observed that human settlements present in and around the project site and within the study area of 10 km radius and many of villages/ colonies have very low level of plantations. Most of the vegetation area is in private plantation and some natural vegetation observed near the water bodies and lakes. During site assessment several floral species encountered within the 10 km radius area. The project plot area does not have any forest land or permanent natural vegetation and the main land use feature of the study area is comprised habitation and cultivating lands. From the primary observation, the tree species recorded in the plantation area were Azadirachta indica, Cocos nucifera, Mangifera indica, Ficus hispida, Acacia auriculiformis, Delonix regia, Syzygium cumini, Emblica officinalis, Musa paradise etc. The survey was conducted in the 10 km radius from the project site area and the surrounding localities. The locations covered during the present survey were Near Irugulam, Near Rallakuppam, Near Cherivi, Near Mopurupalle, Near Aroor, Near Manellore, Near Karur, Near Tada. The Following species were enlisted within the 10 km radius study area during the field visits as given in Table 3-23. Table 3-23: Details of Locations for plot Survey Sl.No Name of village Plot No. Latitude Longitude 1 Near Irugulam EB1 13°29'7.73"N 79°59'36.26"E 2 Near Rallakuppam EB2 3°30'17.94"N 79°56'32.21"E 3 Near Cherivi EB3 3°30'43.59"N 79°58'56.71"E

128

Sl.No Name of village Plot No. Latitude Longitude 4 Near Mopurupalle EB4 3°32'46.56"N 79°59'4.29"E 5 Near Aroor EB5 3°30'50.92"N 80° 1'51.59"E 6 Near Manellore EB6 13°27'40.98"N 80° 0'59.27"E 7 Near Karur EB7 13°32'57.02"N 80° 3'12.61"E 8 Near Tada EB8 13°35'51.82"N 80° 1'37.74"E The project area covering 10 km radial distance did not reveal any notified/ protected ecologically sensitive area including national park, sanctuary, Elephant and Tiger reserves. However, the vegetation within the study area is sparse, with the existence of some weeds as per the survey conducted within 10 km radius of the site. The results of survey conducted in the radius of 10 km from the study area, exhibited sparsy vegetation with the existence of 67 terrestrial flora. Since the project area is not a forest area and water scarcity is always a problem most of the area is covered with the invasive plant. However, Neem, Acacia, and coconut trees are abundant widely distributed away from the study area. Forest Area: The forest area comes under broad category of Tropical semi evergreen forest of subgroup Sothern tropical semi evergreen forests. The nearest forest block is about 6.0 km from plant site on south west direction. The main composition of trees in forest blocks are mainly comprised of Azadiractha indica Ficus bengalensis, Ficus religiosa, Emblica officinalis, Ziziphus jujube, Eucalyptus sp. etc. The Vanalur RF is about 1 Km from the project site towards western direction, Satyavedu RF is 3-4 Km towards SW direction, Rajugunta RF is about 9 Km towards SW direction. The following species were encountered from the study area during the field visits as given in Table 3-24. Table 3-24: Floristic Diversity in the Study Area IUCN Conservation S.No Scientific Name Common name Family Status Tree 1 Azadirachta indica Veppai Meliaceae Not assessed 2 Mangifera indica Mamaram Anacardiaceae Data Deficient 3 Psidium guajava Segappu koyyaa Myrtaceae Not assessed 4 Spondias mangifera Pulima Anacardiaceae Not assessed 5 Ficus religiosa Araca-maram Moraceae Not assessed 6 Bauhinia racemosa Tataki Fabaceae Not assessed 7 Casuarina equisetifolia Savukku Fabaceae Not assessed 8 Aegle marmelos Vilvam‎ Rutaceae Not assessed 9 Acacia auriculiformis Pencil‎ maram Fabaceae Least Concern 10 Annona squamosa Sitapalam Annonaceae Not assessed 11 Ficus hispida Peyatti Moraceae Not assessed 12 Helicteres isora Vadampiri Malvaceae Not assessed

129

IUCN Conservation S.No Scientific Name Common name Family Status 13 Ficus glomerata Atti Moraceae Not assessed 14 Syzygium cumini Naval Myrtaceae Not assessed 15 Borassus flabellifer Panai Arecaceae Endangered 16 Ficus benghalensis Alai Moraceae Not assessed 17 Musa paradise Vaazha Musaceae Not assessed 18 Dalbergia sissoo Totakatti Fabaceae Not assessed 19 Leucaena leucocephala Peru-n-takarai Fabaceae Not assessed 20 Emblica officinalis Nelli Euphorbiaceae Not assessed 21 Melia azadirachta Kattu vembhu Meliaceae Least Concern 22 Polyalthia longifolia Nettilinkam Annonaceae Not assessed 23 Pongamia pinnata Pungai Fabaceae Least Concern 24 Saraca asoca Asogam Fabaceae Vulnerable 25 Pterocarpus marsupium Vengai Fabaceae Near Threatened 26 Cocos nucifera Tengu Arecaceae Not assessed 27 Leucaena leucocephala Peru-n-takarai Fabaceae Not assessed 28 Morinda tinctoria Mannanunai‎ Rubiaceae Not assessed 29 Terminalia catappa Nattuvadumai Combretaceae Not assessed 30 Vitex negundo Nocchi Lamiaceae Not assessed 31 Citrus medica Elumiccai Rutaceae Not assessed 32 Acacia arabica Karuvelai Mimosaceae Not assessed 33 Tectona grandis Tekku Lamiaceae Not assessed 34 Carica papaya Pappali Caricaceae Data Deficient 35 Delonix regia Cemmayir-konrai Fabaceae Least Concern 36 Tamarindus indica Puli Caesalpiniacae Not assessed Shrubs 1 Commelina benghalensis Kanang-karai Commelinaceae Least Concern 2 Euphorbia tirucalli Cakkalavi Euphorbiaceae Least Concern 3 Datura metel Ummattangani Solanaceae Not assessed 4 Lantana camara Unnichedi Verbenaceae Not assessed 5 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Ampurukam Malvaceae Not assessed 6 Bambusa arundinacea Lulay-munkil Poaceae Not assessed 7 Datura fastuosa Dhutura Solanaceae Not assessed 8 Sida cordifolia Mayir-manikham Malvaceae Not assessed 9 Phyllanthus reticulatus Civappu-p-pula Phyllanthaceae Not assessed 10 Euphorbia geniculata Amman-paccarici Euphorbiaceae Not assessed 11 Achyranthes aspera Akatam Amaranthaceae Not assessed 12 Agave tomentosa Malai-k-koyya Agavaceae Not assessed 13 Jasminum sessiliflorum Kuruvilaangkodi Oleaceae Not assessed 14 Morinda pubescens Mannanunai‎ Rubiaceae Not assessed 15 Solanum pubescens Sundaikkai Solanaceae Not assessed Herbs 1 Tridax procumbens Vettukkaaya-thalai Asteraceae Not assessed 2 Mimosa pudica Thottaccurungi Fabaceae Least Concern 3 Cynodon dactylon Arugu Poaceae Not assessed

130

IUCN Conservation S.No Scientific Name Common name Family Status 4 Aerva lanata ciru-pulai Amaranthaceae Not assessed 5 Dinebra retroflexa Viper grass Poaceae Not assessed 6 Euphorbia hirta Ammam‎ Paccharisi Euphorbiaceae Not assessed 7 Ipomoea dissecta Kakkattan Convolvulaceae Not assessed 8 Plumbago zeylanica Chittiramoolam Plumbaginaceae Not assessed 9 Helicteres isora Valampuri Sterculiaceae Not assessed Climbers 1 Cissampelos pareira Abutua Menispermaceae Not assessed 2 Cissus quadrangularis Perandai‎ Vitaceae Not assessed 3 Cardiospermum Balloon Vine Sapindaceae Not assessed halicacabum 4 Clitoria ternatea Kannikkodi Fabaceae Not assessed 5 Tylophora asthmatica Kalutai-p-palai Asclepidaceae Not assessed 6 Coccinia grandis Ivy Gourd Cucurbitaceae Not assessed 7 Coccinia indica Kundru Cucurbitaceae Not assessed The detailed study of the revealed dominance of Azadirachta indica, Cocos nucifera were found. Total 36 species of trees found in the study area along with 15 shrub species and 10 herb species. From the result below the predominant species are Azadirachta indica, Cocos nucifera, Mangifera indica, Ficus hispida, Acacia auriculiformis, Delonix regia, Syzygium cumini, Emblica officinalis, Musa paradise among tree species and Lantana camara, Commelina benghalensis, Datura metel, Achyranthes aspera, Bambusa arundinacea, Morinda pubescens found to be the predominant species among shrub. Among the herbaceous species Cynodon dactylon, Mimosa pudica, Euphorbia hirta, Dinebra retroflexa etc found to be abundant.

Distribution of Floral Community

Climbers 11% Herb 13% Tree 54% Shrub 22%

Figure 3-29: Distribution of Floral Community

131

3.14.1.7 PhytoSociological Analysis Phytosociological parameters, such as, density, frequency, basal area and importance value index of individual species were determined in randomly placed quadrats of different sizes in the study area. Relative frequency, relative basal area and relative density were calculated and the sum of these three represented Importance Value Index (IVI) for various species. For shrubs, herbs and seedlings, the IVI was calculated by summing up relative frequency, relative density and relative abundance. Sample plots were selected in such a way to get maximum representation of different types of vegetation and plots were laid out in different part of the study area of 10 km radius. Analysis of the vegetation will help in determining the relative importance of each species in the study area and to reveal if any economically valuable species is threatened in the process. PhytoSociological analysis of tree species is shown in Table 3-25.

132

Table 3-25: PhytoSociological Analysis of Tree Species

Total no. Total Total No.

Sl.No. Scientific name Local name of quad IVI

No. of quad

Density Density

Relative Relative Relative

with sp. Relative

Frequency

Abundance Abundance Frequency% Tree Species 1 Azadirachta indica Veppai 14 8 8 1.750 8.00 100.0 5.0 1.75 0.08 13.05 2 Mangifera indica Mamaram 8 8 8 1.000 4.57 100.0 5.0 1.00 0.05 9.59 3 Psidium guajava Segappu koyyaa 5 5 8 0.625 2.86 62.5 3.1 1.00 0.03 5.99 4 Spondias mangifera Pulima 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 5 Ficus religiosa Araca-maram 5 5 8 0.625 2.86 62.5 3.1 1.00 0.03 5.99 6 Bauhinia racemosa Tataki 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 7 Casuarina equisetifolia Savukku 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 Aegle marmelos 8 mavliV‎ 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 Acacia auriculiformis 9 maraavlViniV‎ 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 10 Annona squamosa Sitapalam 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 11 Ficus hispida Peyatti 7 7 8 0.875 4.00 87.5 4.3 1.00 0.04 8.39 12 Helicteres isora Vadampiri 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 13 Ficus glomerata Atti 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 14 Syzygium cumini Naval 5 5 8 0.625 2.86 62.5 3.1 1.00 0.03 5.99 15 Borassus flabellifer Panai 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 16 Ficus benghalensis Alai 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 17 Musa paradise Vaazha 5 4 8 0.625 2.86 50.0 2.5 1.25 0.03 5.37 18 Dalbergia sissoo Totakatti 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 19 Leucaena leucocephala Peru-n-takarai 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 20 Emblica officinalis Nelli 7 7 8 0.875 4.00 87.5 4.3 1.00 0.04 8.39 21 Melia azadirachta Kattu vembhu 5 5 8 0.625 2.86 62.5 3.1 1.00 0.03 5.99 22 Polyalthia longifolia Nettilinkam 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 23 Pongamia pinnata Pungai 5 4 8 0.625 2.86 50.0 2.5 1.25 0.03 5.37

133

Total no. Total Total No.

Sl.No. Scientific name Local name of quad IVI

No. of quad

Density Density

Relative Relative Relative

with sp. Relative

Frequency

Abundance Abundance Frequency% 24 Saraca asoca Asogam 5 5 8 0.625 2.86 62.5 3.1 1.00 0.03 5.99 25 Pterocarpus marsupium Vengai 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 26 Cocos nucifera Tengu 11 8 8 1.375 6.29 100.0 5.0 1.38 0.06 11.32 27 Leucaena leucocephala Peru-n-takarai 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 Morinda tinctoria 28 iirrirnria‎ 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 29 Terminalia catappa Nattuvadumai 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 30 Vitex negundo Nocchi 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 31 Citrus medica Elumiccai 4 3 8 0.500 2.29 37.5 1.9 1.33 0.02 4.17 32 Acacia arabica Karuvelai 4 4 8 0.500 2.29 50.0 2.5 1.00 0.02 4.79 33 Tectona grandis Tekku 6 5 8 0.750 3.43 62.5 3.1 1.20 0.03 6.57 34 Carica papaya Pappali 4 3 8 0.500 2.29 37.5 1.9 1.33 0.02 4.17 35 Delonix regia Cemmayir-konrai 6 6 8 0.750 3.43 75.0 3.7 1.00 0.03 7.19 36 Tamarindus indica Puli 3 3 8 0.375 1.71 37.5 1.9 1.00 0.02 3.59 Total 175 161 288 Shrubs 1 Commelina benghalensis Kanang-karai 13 8 8 1.625 11.93 100.0 8.8 1.63 0.12 20.84 2 Euphorbia tirucalli Cakkalavi 6 6 8 0.750 5.50 75.0 6.6 1.00 0.06 12.15 3 Datura metel Ummattangani 10 8 8 1.250 9.17 100.0 8.8 1.25 0.09 18.06 4 Lantana camara Unnichedi 15 8 8 1.875 13.76 100.0 8.8 1.88 0.14 22.69 5 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Ampurukam 5 4 8 0.625 4.59 50.0 4.4 1.25 0.05 9.03 6 Bambusa arundinacea Lulay-munkil 7 7 8 0.875 6.42 87.5 7.7 1.00 0.06 14.18 7 Datura fastuosa Dhutura 5 5 8 0.625 4.59 62.5 5.5 1.00 0.05 10.13 8 Sida cordifolia Mayir-manikham 6 6 8 0.750 5.50 75.0 6.6 1.00 0.06 12.15 9 Phyllanthus reticulatus Civappu-p-pula 7 7 8 0.875 6.42 87.5 7.7 1.00 0.06 14.18 10 Euphorbia geniculata Amman-paccarici 6 6 8 0.750 5.50 75.0 6.6 1.00 0.06 12.15

134

Total no. Total Total No.

Sl.No. Scientific name Local name of quad IVI

No. of quad

Density Density

Relative Relative Relative

with sp. Relative

Frequency

Abundance Abundance Frequency% 11 Achyranthes aspera Akatam 9 7 8 1.125 8.26 87.5 7.7 1.29 0.08 16.03 12 Agave tomentosa Malai-k-koyya 4 4 8 0.500 3.67 50.0 4.4 1.00 0.04 8.10 13 Jasminum sessiliflorum Kuruvilaangkodi 4 4 8 0.500 3.67 50.0 4.4 1.00 0.04 8.10 Morinda pubescens 14 iirrirnria‎ 7 6 8 0.875 6.42 75.0 6.6 1.17 0.06 13.08 15 Solanum pubescens Sundaikkai 5 5 8 0.625 4.59 62.5 5.5 1.00 0.05 10.13 Total 109 91 120 Herbs & Grasses 1 Tridax procumbens Vettukkaaya-thalai 9 8 8 1.125 10.11 100.0 12.9 1.13 0.10 23.12 2 Mimosa pudica Thottaccurungi 14 8 8 1.750 15.73 100.0 12.9 1.75 0.16 28.79 3 Cynodon dactylon Arugu 23 8 8 2.875 25.84 100.0 12.9 2.88 0.26 39.00 4 Aerva lanata Ciru-pulai 6 6 8 0.750 6.74 75.0 9.7 1.00 0.07 16.49 5 Dinebra retroflexa Viper grass 9 7 8 1.125 10.11 87.5 11.3 1.29 0.10 21.50 Euphorbia hirta 6 iVViVlmiaa‎ inama 9 7 8 1.125 10.11 87.5 11.3 1.29 0.10 21.50 7 Ipomoea dissecta Kakkattan 7 7 8 0.875 7.87 87.5 11.3 1.00 0.08 19.23 8 Plumbago zeylanica Chittiramoolam 6 5 8 0.750 6.74 62.5 8.1 1.20 0.07 14.87 9 Helicteres isora Valampuri 6 6 8 0.750 6.74 75.0 9.7 1.00 0.07 16.49 Total 89 62 72

135

The interpretation vegetation study results of the study area are presented in the following Table 3-26. Table 3-26: Interpretation of Vegetation Results in the Study Area Relative density Relative density is found to be Density of the primary species is maximum for Azadirachta indica found to be much higher in about 8.0. comparison with the other species. Relative frequency Maximum RF found to be 5.0 in Vegetation community is case of Azadirachta indica. heterogenous in nature Relative Abundance Maximum value observed in case Azadirachta indica the most of Azadirachta indica about 0.08. common species found in the area. Importance Value The maximum IVI value observed The dominant species are Index (IVI) in case of Azadirachta indica is Azadirachta indica about 13.05.

3.14.1.8 Biodiversity Indices Biodiversity index is a quantitative measure that reflects how many different type of species, there are in a dataset, and simultaneously takes into account how evenly the basic entities (such as individuals) are distributed among those types of species. The value of biodiversity index increases both when the number of types increases and when evenness increases. For a given number of type of species, the value of a biodiversity index is maximized when all type of species are equally abundant. Interpretation of Vegetation results in the study area is given in Table 3-27. Table 3-27: Interpretation of Vegetation Results in the Study Area Biodiversity indices Community Simpson Diversity Shannon-Wiener Index (H) Species Evenness Index (1/D) Tree 3.50 0.97 0.30 Shrub 2.63 0.93 0.62 Herb 2.08 0.87 0.93 From Table -3-27, it can be interpreted that tree community has higher diversity. While the herb community shows less diversity. It is also observed that most of the quadrates have controlled generation of plant species with older strands. Higher tree species diversity can be interpreted as a greater number of successful species and a more stable ecosystem where more ecological niches are available and the environment is less likely to be hostile, environmental change is less likely to be damaging to the ecosystem as a whole. 3.14.1.9 Economically Important Flora of the Study Area. Agricultural crops: The major crops cultivated in study area are Paddy, Sugarcane, Black gram, Green gram and Groundnut. The area under crops are rainfed and irrigated and for Kuruvai/Kharif (summer) and Samba/Rabi (winter) seasons. In canal fed areas Paddy occupies the largest area of cultivation

136

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. followed by ground nut and sugarcane. Other crops grown in the region are ragi, pulses, groundnut and vegetables like brinjal, bhendi and chilies. Banana, Jasmine plantations and plantation of Casuarina and Eucalyptus are also observed. Different fruits like Banana, papaya, mangoes, guava and vegetables like brinjal, drumsticks, onion, Coriander also grown by the local people. Medicinal plant species: The nearby area is also endowed with the several medicinal plants which are commonly available in the shrub forest and waste lands. The common medicinal plants of the region are Asparagus racemosus, Aegle marmelos (Bel), Azadirachta indica (Neem) etc. Rare and endangered floral species: During the vegetation survey in the study area did not encounter any such species which are endangered or threatened under IUCN (International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural resources) guidelines. Borassus flabellifer (Panai) categorized as endangered under IUCN but found in large number within the study area. 3.14.1.10 Faunal Communities Both direct (sighting) and indirect (evidences) observations methods were used to survey the faunal species around the study area. Additionally reference of relevant literatures (published/ unpublished) and dialogues with local villagers were also carried out to consolidate the presence of faunal distribution in the area (Smith 1933-43, Ali and Ripley 1983, Daniel 1983, Prater 1993, Murthy and Chandrasekhar 1988). Mammals: No wild mammalian species was directly sighted during the field survey. Dialogue with local villagers located around the study area also could not confirm presence of any wild animal in that area. Langur, Field mouse, Bonnet monkey, Indian rat, Palm –Squirrel, Common Mouse, Common Mongoose, Indian Hare etc were observed during primary survey. Avifauna: Since birds are considered to be the indicators for monitoring and understanding human impacts on ecological systems (Lawton, 1996) attempt was made to gather quantitative data on the avifauna by walk through survey within the entire study area and surrounding areas. From the primary survey, a total of 34 species of avifauna were identified and recorded in the study area. The diversity of avifauna from this region was found to be quite high and encouraging. The list of fauna species found in the study area is mentioned in Table 3-28. The tree lizard and common garden lizards are also seen. Variety of butterflies (like Common crow, Lime Butterfly, Common Mormon, Peacock pancy, Common bush brown, Crimson rose, Small Grass Yellow, Common sailor, Common tiger, Plain Tiger, Great Eggfly) is spotted in abundance in the study zone.

137

Table 3-28: Fauna Recorded from the Primary Survey in the Study Area and their Conservation Status Schedule of IUCN S.No Scientific name English Name Wildlife Conservation Method Protection Act Status Mammals 1 Presbytis entellus Langur II Not assessed DS 2 Rattus norvegicus Field mouse V Least Concern DS 3 Macaca radiata Bonnet monkey IV Least Concern DS 4 Rattus rattus Indian rat IV Not assessed DS 5 Funambulus pennanti Palm -Squirrel IV Not assessed DS 6 Mus musculus Common Mouse IV Not assessed DS 7 Bandicota indica Rat IV Least Concern DS 8 Felis catus Cat -- Not assessed DS 9 Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose IV Least Concern DS 10 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV Least Concern DS Birds 1 Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo IV Least Concern DS 2 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV Least Concern DS 3 Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy Drongo IV Least Concern DS 4 Milvus migrans Black kite IV Least Concern DS 5 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove IV Not assessed DS 6 Centropus sinensis Greater coucal IV Least Concern DS 7 Columba livia Rock pigeon IV Least Concern DS 8 Corvus splendens House crow V Least Concern DS 9 Passer domesticus House sparrow IV Least Concern DS 10 Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul IV Least Concern DS 11 Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe IV Least Concern DS 12 Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler IV Not assessed DS 13 Merops orientalis Green bee eater IV Least Concern DS 14 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant IV Least Concern DS 15 Accipiter badius Shikra IV Least Concern DS 16 Alcedo atthis Small Blue Kingfisher IV Least Concern DS 17 Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufus Treepie IV Least Concern DS 18 Alauda gulgula Oriental Skylark IV Least Concern DS Red Throated 19 Ficedula albicilla IV Least Concern DS Flycatcher 20 Galerida cristata Crested Lark IV Least Concern DS 21 Cuculus canorus Common cuckoo IV Least Concern DS 22 Perdicula asiatica Bush Quail IV Least Concern DS 23 Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis IV Least Concern DS 24 Ardeola grayii Pond Heron IV Least Concern DS 25 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV Least Concern DS 26 Egretta garzetta Little Egret IV Least Concern DS 27 Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite IV Least Concern DS 28 Milvus migrans Pariah Kite IV Least Concern DS 29 Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing IV Least Concern DS

138

Schedule of IUCN S.No Scientific name English Name Wildlife Conservation Method Protection Act Status 30 Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian palm swift IV Least Concern DS Black-capped 31 Halcyon pileata IV Least Concern DS Kingfisher 32 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet IV Least Concern DS Black breasted 33 Ploceus benghalensis IV Least Concern DS Weaver Oriental Magpie 34 Copsychus saularis IV Least Concern DS Robin Reptiles & Amphibians Common Garden 1 Calotes versicolor II Not assessed DS Lizard 2 Hemidactylus sp. House lizard -- Not assessed DS 3 Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait IV Not assessed NS 4 Chamaeleo zeylanicus Indian chameleon IV Least Concern DS 5 Eutropis macularia Common skink -- Not assessed DS 6 Naja naja Indian cobra IV Not assessed NS 7 Rana tigrina Common yellow frog IV Least Concern DS 8 Bufo melanostictus Toad IV Least Concern DS Butterflies 1 Euploea core Common crow -- Least Concern DS 2 Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly - Not assessed DS 3 Papilio polytes Common Mormon - Not assessed DS 4 Junonia almanac Peacock pancy - Not assessed DS Mycalesis perseus Common bush - Not assessed 5 DS brown 6 Pachliopta hector Crimson rose -- Not assessed DS 7 Eurema brigitta Small Grass Yellow -- Least Concern DS 8 Neptis hylas Common sailor -- Least Concern DS 9 Danaus genutia Common tiger -- Not assessed DS 10 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger -- Not assessed DS 11 Hypolimnas bolina Great Eggfly -- Not assessed DS N.B: DS- Direct Sighting, NS- Notsighted

139

Distribution of Faunal Communities Butterflies 17% Mammals 16% Reptiles & Amphibians 13% Birds 54%

Figure 3-30: Distribution of Faunal Communities Livestock like cattle, buffalo, goat, poultry, duck are reared for dairy products, meat, egg and for agriculture purpose. Majority of cattle and buffalo are of local variety. Backyard poultry farms are mostly common in this area; however, some commercial poultry farms are also recorded in the study area. The study area is marked with moderate population of flora and fauna. With reference to the Wildlife Protection Act 1972 total number of wildlife tabulated in this study can be characterized as given in the Table 3-29. Table 3-29: Characterization of Fauna in the Study Area (As Per W.P Act, 1972) S.No. Schedule of Wildlife Protection Act 1972 No. of species Remark 1 Schedule I 0 - 2 Schedule II 2 - 3 Schedule III 0 - 4 Schedule IV 45 - 5 Schedule V 2 - 6 Schedule VI 0 -

140

Schedule of Wildlife Protection Act 1972 Schedule VI Schedule V Schedule II 0% Schedule I 4% 4% 0% Schedule III 0%

Schedule IV 92%

Figure 3-31: Schedule of Wildlife Protection Act 1972 The detailed interpretation of flora and fauna identified within 10 km radius of the project site are tabulated In Table 3-30. Table 3-30: Description of Flora & Fauna S.No. Type of Species Core Zone Flora 1 Endangered species None of the species found 2 Endemic species None of the species found 3 Grass lands No grass lands 4 Natural vegetation Tropical semi evergreen Fauna 1 Endangered species None 2 Endemic Species Not present 3 Migratory species None 4 Migratory Corridors & Flight Paths No corridors & flight paths 5 Breeding & Spawning grounds None

A comprehensive Central Legislation namely Wild Life (Protection) Act was enforced in 1972 to provide protection to wild animals. Schedule-I of this act contains the list of rare and endangered species, which are completely protected throughout the country. The list of wild animals and their conservation status as per Wild Life Act (1972) are presented in Table-3-29 species recorded/reported from study area, out of which 2 species belongs to schedule-II and rest of the animals belongs to schedule-IV of Wildlife protection Act, 1972 and there are no endangered, threatened wild animal species in study area.

141

3.14.2 AQUATIC ECOLOGY 3.14.2.1 Introduction The study area intersected by few natural drainage and ponds. A number of samples were investigated for enumeration of aquatic fauna. In order to study aquatic flora and faunal life one time survey was conducted during the monsoon season. Major component of the aquatic life under the study area are listed below.  Phytoplankton and zooplankton  Aquatic vertebrates like fish, amphibians etc. To assess the planktonic profile of Phytoplankton and Zooplankton, 4 water samples from were collected at sub surface level from nearby water bodies. The aquatic ecological study was conducted in different water bodies of the study area and the flora and fauna was recorded.  Aquatic Flora While considering assessment of aquatic pollution and its implications, it must be realized that, despite many changes in the physico-chemical properties of the water body and seabed sediment, the ultimate consequences of pollutants may be reflected inevitably on the biological system. Hence, the investigations of an ecosystem and particularly of its communities constitute an integral part of any ecological assessment. This can be achieved by selecting a few reliable parameters from a complex community structure. The parameters considered have phytoplankton (cell count, and generic diversity), zooplankton (standing stock i.e., biomass and faunal groups), macro benthos (biomass, population and faunal groups) and status of mangroves, fishery and mammals as well as birds. The first two reflect the productivity of a water column at the primary and secondary levels, respectively. Benthic organisms being sedentary animals associated with the seabed, provide information regarding the integrated effects of stress, if any, and hence serve as good indicators of early warnings of potential damages. Ultimate commercial interest being fisheries, the status of the exploitable fishery resources was assessed. Information on larval stages of fishes and decapods was used to evaluate probable occurrence of spawning and breeding grounds of economically important species.  Significance of Plankton: Planktons can be broadly grouped into two categories those with plant origin are called ‘Phytoplankton’ and those with animal origin are called ‘Zooplankton’. 3.14.2.2 Phytoplankton Phytoplankton samples were collected without filtering the water. To preserve, 0.3 mL lugol’s solution was added to 100 ml sample. Subsequently phytoplankton were concentrated by centrifugation and

142

Table 3-31: Analysis Result of Phytoplankton Plankton Count (No.*10^3/L) S. No. Species Family PP 1 PP2 PP3 PP4 1 Chroococcus minutes Chroococcaceae 0.3 0 0.1 0 2 Zygnema sp. Chlorophyceae 0.2 0 0.1 0 3 Achananthes affinis Chrysophyta 2.2 1.1 1.7 1.8 4 Pediastrum boryanum Hydrodictyaceae 1.2 1.1 0.6 1.2 5 Ankistrodesmus falcatus Selenastraceae 2.1 1.7 0.7 0.6 6 Pandorina sp Volvocaceae 2.2 1.8 2 2.2 7 Melosira granulate Melosiraceae 0.3 0.6 0.2 0.1 8 Microcystis sp. Microcystaceae 0 0.4 0 0 9 Navicula gracilis Bacillariophyceae 0.6 0 0 0 10 Volvox Sp Volvocaceae 1.1 1.1 1.3 0.8 11 Diatoma sp Bacillariophyceae 1.6 1.2 1.3 1.1 12 Chlamydomonas Sp Chlorophyceae 1.6 1.5 1.5 2.1 13 Spirulina Sp. Myxophyceae 1.7 1.1 1.2 2.3 14 Azolla Sp Salviniaceae 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.1 TOTAL 16.2 12.7 12.2 14.3

Phytoplankton Family 0% 0% 7% 13% Bacillareophyceae

19% Cyanophyceae Chlorophyceae 61% Spermatophyta Chrysophyta Rhobophyta

Figure 3-32: Phytoplankton Distribution

143

Aquatic Hydrophytes: S.No Scientific name Common name Type 1 Polygonum barbatum Knot gras Marshy amphibious hydrophytes 2 Pistia stratiotes Water lettuce Free floating hydrophytes 3 Lemna sp. Common duckweed Free floating hydrophytes 4 Hygrophila auriculata Marsh Barbel Marshy amphibious hydrophytes 5 Potamogeton crispus Curled pondweed Submerged hydrophytes Common water 6 Eichhornia crassipes Free floating hydrophytes hyacinth 7 Salvinia molesta Kariba weed Free floating hydrophytes 8 Nelumbo nucifera Lotus Floating hydrophytes 9 Enhydra fluctuans Water Cress Marshy amphibious hydrophytes 10 Marsilea minuta Dwarf Water Clover Marshy amphibious hydrophytes 11 Azolla pinnata Mosquito Fern Free floating pterophyte 12 Vallisneria spiralis Tapegrass Submerged hydrophytes 13 Najas indica Waternymph Submerged hydrophytes 14 Typha angustifolia Lesser Bulrush Emergent hydrophytes 15 Hydrilla verticillata Hydrilla Submerged hydrophytes Water Morning 16 Ipomea aquatica Marshy amphibious hydrophytes Glory

3.14.2.3 Zooplankton Sample collection was carried out in the similar method as that of phytoplankton. The result of the zooplankton analysis is tabulated in Table 3-32. Three major groups of zooplankton, namely, Cladocera, Copepoda, Rotifera, Flagellate, Ciliates, Protozoa were found to inhabit the marine environment. The rotifera was represented by Brachinus sp., Diaptomus sp. contributed to zooplankton productivity in majority in the select the water bodies. Literature revealed that these rotifers were commonly found in the mesotrophic and oligotrophic waters and are significant component of zooplankton. While Cladocera was represented by Daphnia Sp, Cyclops Sp. and Flagellates represented by Cerocomonas sp., Dinomonas Sp.

144

Table 3-32: Analysis Result of Zooplankton Plankton Count (No.*10^3/L) S.No. Species Family ZP1 ZP2 ZP3 ZP4 1 Brachinus sp. Rotifera 1.4 1.3 1.6 1.3 2 Diaptomus sp. Rotifera 1.2 0.8 0.7 1.1 3 Daphnia sp. Cladocera 0.8 1.2 1.6 0.8 4 Cyclops sp. Copepoda 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.2 5 Pleuronenema sp. Ciliates 1.1 0.6 0 0 6 Euglena sp. Phytomastigophora 1.1 1.1 0.8 0.8 7 Cerocomonas Flagellate 0.2 0.4 0 2 8 Dinomonas Sp Flagellate 0.1 0 0 0 9 Naegleria Sp. Protozoa 0.1 0 0 0 TOTAL 6.1 5.9 4.8 6.2

Zooplankton

0% 1%

20% Rotifera 0% Cladocera 51% Ostracoda 28% Flagellate Ciliates Protozoa

Figure 3-33: Zooplankton Distribution 3.14.2.4 Other Species The list of other species, which have been reported by study team at the lakes and water bodies are tabulated in table 3-33 below: Table 3-33: List of Other Fish Species Reported S.No. Common name Scientific name 1 Mozambique tilapia Oreochromis mossambica 2 Walking catfish Clarias batrachus 3 Indian white prawn Penaeus indicus 4 Common mussel Mytilus gravincia 5 Mud crab Scylla serrata 6 Sea Crab Charybdis cruciata 7 Tiger prawn Penaeus monodon 8 Flower prawn Penaeus semisulcatus 9 Marine shrimp Parapenaeopsis stylifera 10 Indian Squid Loligo duvaucelii 11 Oyster Crassostrea madrasens 12 Javanese cow ray Rhinoptera javanica

145

S.No. Common name Scientific name 13 Sea cucumber Holothuria atra 14 Jelly fish Rhopilema spp. 15 Grey mullet Mugil cephalus 16 Spade fish Ephippus orbis 17 Indian goat fish Parupeneus indicus 18 Sole Cynoglossus macrolepidotus 19 Ribbon fish Lepturacanthus savala 20 Red Snapper Lutjanus spp 21 Scad Alepes mate 22 Longarm mullet Liza cunnesius 23 Snout Rhynchorhamphus marginatus 24 Ponyfish Leiogtiathus fasciatus 25 Pufferfish Tetrodon immacutus 26 Butterfish Tachysurus jella 27 Flat head fish Platycephalus biomacula 28 Asian green mussel Perna viridis 29 Giant tiger prawn Penaeus monodon 30 Flat head mullet Mugil cephalus

3.14.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY As per MoEF&CC guideline, 10 km radius from the project site is considered as a study area for evaluating environmental sensitivity. The description of the environmental sensitivity of the proposed site is given below; National Parks and Wild Life Sanctuaries There are no National Parks and wildlife sanctuaries present within 10 km radius of the project site. Part of Pulicat Birds santuaries fall within study area towards Northern east boundary of the present project area. Pulicat Lake was identified as a site of International importance by the International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN). Also this Lake has an importance of mangroves and birds Sanctuaries with special reference to Migratory birds. 3.15 SOCIOECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Major developmental activities in industrial sector are required for economical development as well as creation of employment opportunities (direct / indirect) and to meet the basic / modern needs of the society, which ultimately results in overall improvement of quality of life through economical, health, education nutrition status in project region, state as well as the country. The proposed project is also expected to generate/discharge different types of pollutants in the surrounding environment. They may cause natural resource degradation, ecological and human health risks, unless the development is planned properly and implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner through implementation

146

3.15.1 DISTRICT PROFILE . Chittoor District Chittoor district is one of the four districts in the Rayalaseema region of the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. The district headquarters is located at Chittoor. It has a population of 4,170,468 according to 2011 census of India. Chittoor district has many major temples including Tirupati, Srikalahasti, Kanipakam, and other temples. It lies in the Poini river valley of southernmost Andhra Pradesh along the Chennai – Bangalore section of Chennai-Mumbai highway. Chittoor district is a major market centre for mangoes, grains, sugarcane, and peanuts. Sri City integrated business city lies in Satyavedu mandal; it acts as a major industrial hub for Chittoor district as well as Andhra Pradesh as a whole. . Nellore Nellore district, officially Sri Potti Sriramulu Nellore district, is one of the thirteen districts in the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. According to the 2011 Census, the district's population was 2,966,082, of which 29.07% was urban. Its administrative headquarters are located in Nellore city. Located in the Coastal Andhra region, the district is bordered by the Bay of Bengal to the east, Kadapa district to the

147

3.15.2 METHODOLOGY A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing respondents of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and females, teachers, medical practitioners, businessmen, agriculture labourers, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the purpose of study needs. Data Collection Method In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any proposed projects on socioeconomic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of the people in the project area. For the process of data collection through primary and secondary sources certain methods are used are given below: Field Survey and Observations Field survey and observations is made at each sampling villages and the quality of life of that region is studied. Visits are made at hospitals, primary health centres and sub-centres to know the health status of the region. Various governmental organizations such as statistical department, department of census operations are visited to collect the population details of that region Interview Method Structured interview method is used to collect data regarding the awareness and opinion from the sample selected of the various socio-economic sections of the community. Structured interviews involve the use of a set of predetermined questions that includes fixed and alternative questions. The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters such as income, employment and working conditions,

148

3.15.3 DEMOGRAPHIC STRUCTURE The demographic structure of the study area was derived primarily from data of Census record of Chittoor districts and covering two taluks and Nellore district covering one taluk of Andhra Pradesh state. Tiruvallur district covering one taluk of Tamil Nadu state. The Demographic structures of project Site is given in 3-34 and in the study area within 10km as per Census 2011 are presented in Table 3- 35. Table 3-34: Summary of Demographic Structure of project Site S.No Demographic Structure Project Site Details 1. No of the villages 5 Irugulam, Kolladam, Pedditivakkam, 2. Name of the villages Rallakuppam, Mallaveripalem. 3. No of House holds 1797 4. Total Population 7065 5. Male Population 3536 6. Femlae Population 3529 7. Total Literates 4394 8. Male Literates 2370 9. Female Literates 2024 10. Total Working Population 3709 11. Total Male Working Population 2098 12. Total Female Working Population 1611 13. Non Workers Population 3356 14. Non Workers Male 1438 15. Non Workers Female 1918

149

Salient features of the project site as follows:  The project area covers 5 villages Irugulam, Kolladam, Pedditivakkam, Rallakuppam, and Mallaveripalem.  Total no of households in these villages are 1797 (as per census 2011) with total population of 7065 persons.  Total male and female population is 3536 nd 3529, indicating that male population is higher than female population in the project site area.  Total literates is 4394 with 2370 male literates and 2024 female literates.  Total working population and Non – working population will be 3709 & 3356, with male population of 2098 & 1438 and female population will be 1611 & 1918. Table 3-35: Summary of Demographic Structure in Study Area S.No Demographic Parameters Study Area Details 1 Name of state Andhra Padesh, Tamilnadu 2 Name of District Chittore,Nellore and Thiruvullur Varadaiahpalem,Satyavedu,Tada and 3 Name of Taluka Gummidipondi 4 No. of Total Villages 56 5 Total No. of Households 31138 6 Total Population 119608 7 Density of Population (hc) 379 Sex ratio (No. of female/1000 8 1008 males) 9 Scheduled castes 39539(33.06%) 10 Scheduled Tribes 7290(6.09%) 11 Literate 72572(60.67%) 12 Total Illiterate 47036(39.33%) 13 Total Worker 54822(45.83%) 14 Main Worker 44798(37.45%) 15 Marginal Worker 10024(8.38%) 16 Non Worker 64786(54.17%) The salient features of Socio-economic Profile are as follows: . Demographic Structure  The study area covers two districts Chittoor and Nellore three taluk of Andhra Pradesh state and one Tiruvallur district and one Gummidipondi of Tamil Nadu state, total 56 (Both State) villages, in the study area. Total study area consisting of 31579.9 ha. With the population density of 379 person / km².  Total population in the study region (as per Census 2011) is 119608 with 59559 male and 60049 female populations. Overall sex ratio is 1008 Female per 1000 male, indicating female population is marginally higher in the region as compared with the male.

150

 Total Scheduled Caste population is 39539(33.06%) Scheduled Caste Male populations are 19591(49.55%), and Scheduled Caste female population are 19948(50.49%).  Total Scheduled Tribe population is 7290 (6.09%) Scheduled Tribe Male populations are 3674 (50.40%), and Scheduled Tribe female populations are 3616(49.60%).  Total child population is 13221 (11.05%) total boys population are 6610 (50.00%), and total girl’s population are 6611(50.00%).

3.15.4 SOCIO ECONOMIC STRUCTURE The socio-economic details are briefly described in the following sections. This section includes the present status of the Socio-Economic Environment in the study area. To determine the baseline socioeconomic pattern, in and around the project site, the required data have been obtained from the published data. Socio-economic baseline data was collected based on the following indicators:  Economic Structure  Availability of Basic Amenities The major economic structure of the study area is classified into the population, literacy rate and workers details, economic and industry details, etc.  Educational Structure  The literacy rate of the total population is worked out to 725772(60.67%). Male literacy 40367 (55.62%), and female literacy is 32205 (44.38%).  The illiteracy rate of the total population is worked out to 47036(39.33%). Male illiteracy 19192(40.80%), and female illiteracy is 27844 (59.20%).  Occupational Pattern  The total population of Total Worker, main worker, marginal worker and non-worker category are 54822(45.83%), 44798 (37.45%), 10024(8.38%) and 64786(54.17%) respectively.  The majority patterns of the agriculture worker and main other worker 20431(45.61%) and is 18680 (41.70%). There are 4165(9.30%) and 1522(3.40%) as cultivator worker and household worker.  The total worker population is 54822 (45.83%). Male total worker 34697(63.29%), and female total worker is 20125(36.71%).  The main worker population is 44798(37.45%). Male main worker 30222(67.46%), and female main worker is 14576 (32.54%).  The marginal worker population is 10024 (8.38%). Male marginal worker 4475(44.64%), and female marginal worker is 5549 (55.36%).  The total non-worker population is 64786(54.17%). Male non-worker 24862(38.38%), and

151

female non-worker is 39924(61.62%).  The cultivator worker population is 4165 (9.30%). Male cultivator worker 3118(74.86%), and female cultivator worker is 1047 (25.14%).  The agriculture worker population is 20431 (45.61%). Male agriculture worker 11670(57.12%), and female agriculture worker is 8761 (42.88%).  The household worker population is 1522(3.40%). Male household worker 888(56.34%), and female household worker is 634(41.66%).  The main other worker population is 18680 (41.70%). Male main other worker 14546(77.87%), and female main other worker is 4134(22.13%).  During survey it was reported monthly family income are Rs.8000/- to Rs.70000/-  Economy & Industry Profile in Study Area  Chittoor District The Gross District Domestic Product (GDDP) of the district is ₹34,742 crore (US$4.9 billion) and it contributes 6.6% to the Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). For the FY 2013–14, the per capita income at current prices was ₹64,671 (US$910). The primary, secondary and tertiary sectors of the district contribute ₹8,226 crore (US$1.2 billion), and ₹18,849 crore (US$2.6 billion) respectively. The major products contributing to the GVA of the district from agriculture and allied services are, sugarcane, groundnut, tomato, mango, milk, meat and fisheries. The GVA to the industrial and service sector is contributed from construction, electricity, manufacturing, education and ownership of dwellings. In 2006 the Indian government named Chittoor one of the country's 250 most backward districts (out of a total of 640). It is one of the thirteen districts in Andhra Pradesh currently receiving funds from the Backward Regions Grant Fund Programme (BRGF).  Nellore District The Gross District Domestic Product (GDDP) of Nellore district is 30,482 crore (304.82 billion rupees) and makes up 5.8% of Andhra Pradesh's Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP). For the fiscal year 2013–14, Nellore's per capita income at current prices was 80,782 (US$1,100). The primary, secondary and tertiary sectors of the district contribute 9,729 crore, 6,320 crore and 14,433 crore (97.29 billion, 63.2 billion and 144.33 billion rupees), respectively. The major agricultural contributors to the district's gross value added (GVA) include: paddy, sugarcane, lemon, tomato, milk, meat and fisheries. The major industrial and service contributors to the district's GVA include: construction, electricity, manufacturing, transport and education.

152

 Tiruvallur District Tiruvallur district is one of the fastest developing districts in Tamil Nadu in terms of industrial development. The district has many leading industries like Kamarajar Port, North Chennai Thermal Power Station, National Thermal Power Corporation, L&T Ship Build, NIOT, ITC, IOCL, HPCL, BPCL, Hindustan Motors and CPCL, Ennore (Tondiarpet). It also has the Ennore Thermal Power Station and the Avadi tank factory. The district has nine industrial estates, six developed by the government and three by private organisations. Government industrial estates  Electrical Industrial Estate, Kakalur.  SIDCO Industrial Estate, Kakalur  Petrochemical Industrial Estate, Vichoor  SIDCO Industrial Estate, R.K. Pet  SIDCO Industrial Estate, Gummidipoondi  SIDCO Industrial Estate, Thirumazhisai Private Industrial Estates  M.M.Industrial Estate, Alapakkam  Moccaram Industries, Velappan Chavadi  Ekambara Naicker Industrial Estate, Alapakkam The district has 16,940 small scale industries, notable among them being food, wood, textile, chemical, engineering, non-metallic and leather industries.

3.15.5 INFRASTRUCTURE RESOURCES Based on the field surveys it is found that, the infrastructure resources in the study area with reference to education, medical facility, water supply, postal, transportation, communication and power supply are available however, which needs to be strengthened. Under various CSR activties M/s. Sri city has done various public developments.  Education Facilities All villages in the study area have education facilities such as primary school with reasonably good facilities. Due to better transport from villages to taluk place and district place. Students have opportunity to travel for better education. The survey reported that most of the villages have primary and secondary school facility (10th Standard), for further education student have to go about 5 to 40 km away. In the study area observed that most of student choose English medium for education.

153

Sri City has built English medium CBSE School run by Chinmaya Vidyalaya. Government Schools being upgraded as model school –toilets, notebooks, Computer Maintenance, New class rooms, Painting, Tables, and Chairsand Vidya Volunteers.

 Health Facilities Very few villages in the study area have medical facilities. While conducting surveys in this area, observed some villages have Health facilities like sub-center, Primary Health Center [PHC], Area hospital some villages have private clinic for better medical treatment, the people move to nearby town and district place. Where medical facilities are available. No major diseases were reported by local people in the study area except routine cough, cold and fever etc. Local people mentioned about the lack of medical related equipments, infrastructure and good coverage of the existing health services. The PHCs in the study area are very of basic equipments and trained staffs and hence people are happy health condition. Study area near health facility is Area hospital private hospital available in the study area. Modern Emergency Clinic established & managed by SRM Institute of Medical Sciences (SIMS), Chennai • 24 x 7 Ambulance for Trauma care. • Another 24 x 7 ambulance for villagers to access Govt. hospitals. • Medical camps -6 per year in all villages. • Focus on early detection & care. Access to good referral hospitals.

154

 Sanitation and Drinking Water Facilities. One of the most important factors responsible for the emergence of a settlement is availability of water. In surveyed all villages, it was found that people are using Tap water, tank ,well tube, Reverse osmosis (RO) water for drinking purposes; however, survey villagers told there are no drinking water problem. During the field study and interaction with local people, it is observed that sanitation is very good in nearby villages. Government has launched the scheme for sanitation and gives subsidy for toilet construction, but still they are not ready to build toilets at home. From the data we can say that there is good facility of the drinking water in all the study villages.  Power Supply Electricity is available in all the surveyed villages and is provided by the Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation Limited of Andhra Pradesh (APSEB) a state-owned power distribution utility. And Tamil Nadu Generation and Distribution Corporation Limited (TANGEDCO) a state-owned power distribution utility.  Communication and Transportation Majority of the villages have moderate road facility in the study area i.e., villages are having katcha roads. It was observed that bus services are limited, however other transportation facilities are available. Regular local transport facilities are available within the villages. Observed that, some villages have sub post office, Bank facilities.

3.15.6 LIVELIHOOD IN THE LOCAL VILLAGES During survey and interaction with local people it was revealed that majority of people are engaged in employment within Sri City or as small contracter providing transport / hire vehicles to companies within Sri City. Later half have establish their small buinsess dealing in parts of commercial vehicles or building mterials and few in agricultural works, small business etc. as a source of livelihood. Most of the farmers are taking paddy, sugarcane, groundnut tomato, mango, meat, lemon, milk, and fisheries, plantation were also observed and practiced by small farmers.

3.15.7 ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITE & TOURISM Based on the desktop studies along with relevant data which was collected from Archaeological Survey of India and identified the important cultural heritage sites.

155

Places of Interest in Chittoor District

 Ubbalamudugu waterfall Ubbalamudugu Falls is a waterfall located near Oneness Temple and Sri City in the Chittoor district of India. It is a crystal clear waterfall falling from a height of 100-odd meters making it a glorious sight. Coming under the Buchinaidu kandriga and Varadaiahpalem mandals the falls are located 80 kilometres from Chennai and 35 kilometres from Srikalahasti. The falls are located in a dense forest called the Siddulaiah Kona. The relation to Shiva ensures that the festival of Maha Shivaratri is a common time for people to visit.

Places of Interest in Nellore District  Chengalamma Parameshwari Temple Chengalamma Parameshwari Temple is located in Sullurpeta town, Andhra Pradesh, India. It is located at the southern tip of Sullurpeta, on the banks of Kalangi river. The temple is situated 79 km and 97 km away from Chennai and Nellore respectively. History tells us that it was established during the fourth and fifth centuries.  Nelapattu Bird Sanctuary Nelapattu Bird Sanctuary is a bird sanctuary in Nellore district, Andhra Pradesh, India, near the village of Nelapattu. It has an area of 458.92 hectares. It is an important breeding site for spot-billed pelicans. Nelapattu has two major plant communities, Barringtonia swamp forests and southern dry evergreen scrub. Southern dry evergreen scrub covers most of the sanctuary, including the 288 hectares of Kalluru Reserved Forest and 88 hectares of unreserved forest. The dominant tree and shrub species are Manilkara hexandra, Maba buxifolia, Memecylon edule, Buchanania angustifolia, Zizyphus xylopyrus, and others. The Barringtonia swamp forests are found in the 83-ha Nelapattu tank. The predominant tree species is Barringtonia acutangula. This tree also grows in uplands, but the tree species found at Nelapattu can grow in flooded conditions lasting for 5 to 7 months. The saplings can survive total

156

 Pulicat Lake In Tamil Nadu, the city Pulicat is located in the district of Tiruvallur. It is situated almost 60kms north of Chennai city particularly on the seaward side of Sri Harikota island blockade that segregates Pulicat Lake from the Bay of Bengal. A narrow water lagoon Pulicat Lake is integrated to the Pulicat city and also got its name from it.The city Pulicat has a rich history behind it. In the earlier period of 1609, the Dutch settlers had constructed a fort. In fact this Pulicat city turned out to be their main dwelling ground. Numerous invaders took possession of Pulicat city, the last being the British rulers. Britons had occupied Pulicat in 1825, thus becoming an integral part of Madras Presidency. Due to passage of so many long years much of the treasures of Pulicat had gone in to oblivion. Still aura has remained, to a large extent, by the ancient lighthouse that was erected just opposite to the Pulicat Lake. Pulicat is also thronged with beautiful birds especially near the water banks of Pulicat Lake. Almost every year between the months of October and March, myriads of wandering birds take shelter. Although varies bird species are seen, the flamingos are significant, thronging the swamplands adjacent to the lake.

157

 Bhavani Amman Temple Bhavani Amman Temple in Periyapalayam near Chennai stands as an attraction to many devotees, Bhavani Amman is the main deity of the temple, people throng here in thousands on weekends and in the month of Aadi and Avani. Located in about 45kms from Chennai in Chennai-Kolkata highway near Red Hills people can reach Periyapalayam.The Temple is busy throughout the year and people visit the temple with their families and seek the blessings of Bhavani Amman especially on the weekends people visit here in groups and have a divine get together here. The Temple is well maintained and well organized to help the devotees to have a memorable Dharshan of Sri Bhavani Amman. According to the legend people refer Amman as the sister of Lord Krishna who managed to escape from the clutches of Kamsan (Demon King) and after warning Kamsan about his death she decided to settle in this place in name of Sri Bhavani.

 Lord Veeraraghava Perumal Temple The legend connected with the origin of this temple shows that once upon a time, in Krita Yuga, a sage by name Purupunyar lived with his wife Satyavathi in Badarikashram. They had no children. Purupanyar performed a Sali Yajna. (Putrakameshti Yaga) with great fervor and devotion. The Sage offered 1000 Ahutis (oblations of gheeto the sacrificial fire after chanting the mantra each time) every day, for one full year. ‘On the last day, when Purnahuti (the final offering) was performed, Lord Narayana was pleased with the austerity of the ritualistic observances of the Sage, and appeared in the sacrificial fire

158

3.15.8 INDIGENOUS PEOPLE Indigenous peoples, also known in some regions as First peoples or Native peoples, are ethnic groups who are the original or earliest known inhabitants of an area, in contrast to groups that have settled, occupied or colonized the area more recently. Groups are usually described as indigenous when they maintain traditions or other aspects of an early culture that is associated with a given region.

3.15.9 MAJOR FINDINGS BY FIELD SURVEY Field surveys and observations are made at each sampling villages and the quality of life of that region was studied. Visits are made to hospitals, primary health centres and sub- centres to know the health status of the region. During field survey, visited various governmental organizations such as statistical department, department of census operations to collect the population details of that region. . All villages having Gram panchyat and Anganwadi facilities. . The survey reported that most of the villages have primary and middle school facility, for further education student have to go about 5 to 40 km away. Maximum educational level of the study area is up to 10th standard. In the study area observed that most of student choose English medium for education .For higher & technical education people have to go to Taluk/ Mandle place and District place. . Communication facilities are very good; people are using mobile cell phone. Dish TV/ cable are also available in the study area. . A road approach is mainly pakka road. Road construction is very good. Each and every village

159

connects to the pakka (main) road. For travelling purpose government bus service and auto are sources available for villagers in this region. . Tap water, Bore well, RO water plant, well are the main source of drinking water supply in the region. There is no drinking water problem, some villages having RO water plant. . Sanitation facilities are good condition.80% villagers are using toilets. . Health condition of villagers is good in this area; villagers are satisfied with the health centers because they are getting proper treatment from Government Hospitals. Private clinics are also available in study area. . Electricity is available in almost all the villages. Most of the villages having irrigation facility through electricity. Electricity use for all purpose in the study area. . LPG gas and Wood is major fuel for cooking purpose. . Most of the people are engaged in agricultural and livestock activities. Farming is the main occupation, 80% farmer are busy in livestock activity. Milk production capacity from every village’s almost 200 liter to 600 liter. A few respondents have service in government sector and most of respondent are farmer, labor and sarpanch. Some other is trying to migrate in other places. In the study area villagers are engaged in agriculture work, livestock small business like shop. Paddy, sugarcane, groundnut tomato, mango, meat, lemon, milk, and fisheries is the main agriculture crop in the study area. . Self Help Group (SHG) is actively strong in maximum villages. . Telugu is the official language in Andhra Pradesh and Tamil is the official language in Tamil Nadu state, but people known Hindi, Urdu, Marwadi and few people know English, because day by day increasing English medium educational facility.

3.15.10 MAJOR AWARENESS AND OPINION OF PEOPLE ABOUT THE PROJECT An attempt has been made to know the awareness and opinion of the people about proposed project . Most of villagers are aware about the M/s. Sri City . Some respondents were happy to know about M/s. Sri City. They respond positively because they feel that they may get jobs / work because of these activities. They strongly feel the development of Sri City has made the village debt free and per capital income has increased as major population in the area is directly or indirectly employed by companies within Sri City.

3.15.11 QUALITY OF LIFE Standard indicators of the quality of life include not only wealth and employment but also the built environment, physical and mental health, education, recreation and leisure time, and social

160

Figure 3-34: Discussion with Villagers

161

 Graphs of Demographic Structure

119608 Population Details 120000

100000

80000 59559 60049 60000 39539 40000

20000 7290

0 Total Total Male Total Scheduled Scheduled Population Female Cast Tribe

Literacy Ratio Employment Pattern

44.38% Population Main worker 37.45% Literacy 60.67% 54.17% Marginal Worker 55.62% Male Non Worker Female 8.38%

Main Worker Employment Sex Ratio Pattern

Main cultivator 9.30% Male Main agriculture 1000 1008 41.70% FeMale Main Houshold 45.61% Main Other Worker

3.40%

Child Population

50.00% 11.05%

child 50.00% population

162

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION Proper emphasis on environment is must for sustainable development. Environment and development should be considered as mutually complementary, interdependent, and an instrument of reinforcing the quality of life. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the most important aspect of overall environmental management strategy. It identifies major impacts of industry on environment and provides the guidelines to prepare the necessary control measure termed as Environment Management Plan (EMP). 4.2 OBJECTIVES OF EIA EIA is the study of existing environment and estimation of potential effects due to development of Industrial development activities. To predict the expected impacts of various activities on the different environmental parameters, a detailed survey of the factors are performed and identification of probable impacts are done by different techniques. This chapter provides a brief overview of the potential impacts on various environmental components due to the proposed development of Industrial area operations and allied activities, which could cause significant environmental concerns. Various possible environmental impacts, which have been identified due to the proposed development of Industrial area, are discussed in the following sections.

4.2.1 SOURCES OF POLLUTION The impacts due to this project operation and its mitigation measures adopted are detailed in this chapter. In general, the industrial area development cause environmental problems such as degradation of land, deteriorating air, water and soil quality, affecting the biological and socioeconomic environment of the area, if adequate control measures are not taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these operations may cause irreversible damage to the ecosystem. However, when taken into account the concept of sustainable development Sri City has undertaken greater initatives such as no use of ground water, desilting of tank to hold excess waters, dense and heavy tree planation, no land discharge of water, effluent to be treated by units – use of sewage treated water for horticulture as much as possible. Such efforts as attributed significantly to carbon neutrality . The environmental impacts caused due to the development of the project can be categorized as primary (direct) and secondary (indirect) impacts. Primary impacts are those which are induced directly by the project whereas the secondary impacts are those which are indirectly induced and typically

163

164

Table 4-1: Impact Prediction Matrix for proposed project activities Impacts on Physical Environment Biological Environment Geology Topography S.No Activities Natural Air Water Noise Flora Fauna Soil Drainage A. Construction Phase 1. Labour camp activities -ve/t 2. Material transport & storage -ve/t -ve/t 3. Earthwork -ve/p -ve/t 4. Pavement works -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p 5. Construction equipment use -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t 6. Plantation +ve/p +ve/p +ve/p +ve/p 7. Drainage works +ve/p 8. Culvert -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p 9. Stripping of top soil -ve/t 10. Debris Generation -ve/t -ve/t 11. Oil & Grease -ve/t B. Operational Phase Production / Process -ve/p -ve/t Operation of DG Sets -ve/t -ve/t Sewage / Effluent Generation -ve/t Vehicular Movement -ve/p -ve/p -ve/p -ve/p Handling of Chemicals -ve/t -ve/t Operation of machines -ve/t Note: t-Temporary; p-Permanent. Impacts indicated in bold letters are Significant Impacts. In operation phase “-Ve”/p & “-Ve”/t will have respective mitigation measures.

165

Construction phase includes site clearance, site information, infrastructure provision, Building works and allied activities. The impacts of the construction phase of commercial and industrial complexes will be mainly on air, water, noise, land, socioeconomic and biological environment. 4.3 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE The impacts on Air, Noise, Water, Soil, and Ecology of the surrounding environment due to the activities carried out during the construction phase including site clearance, site formation, building works, infrastructure provision and any other activities are discussed below.

4.3.1 VEGETATION AND WILDLIFE HABITAT Impact During Construction there will be essentially clearing of bushes, shrubs etc., for lacing or loading of construction materials and equipments, and the permanent erection of block and steel concrete structures associated with site for new infrastructure. However, the units will be required to dedicate specific area for greenbelt development coupled with RHW system with no use of ground water. Thus resulting in upward eleveation of environmental impact. The units will also be required to remove top soil which shall be used by Sri City for planation through its existing nursery which currently house large amount of samplings. The site was not extensively or heavily vegetated prior to construction and did not support any significant ecological habitats or fauna. Therefore, the impacts from erecting the new industrial building are considered to be not significant in terms of habitat loss. Mitigation Measures Landscaping of the site, after project completion, will see the introduction of plants and trees that should offset any negative impacts associated with the removal and loss of existing trees at the project site. The numbers and types of vegetation to be introduced during the landscaping exercise are expected to be greater and more diverse than presently obtains and these are expected to play a greater role in terms adding ecological value and attracting birds and other terrestrial fauna during the operational phase of the project, apart from being more pleasing aesthetically.

4.3.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY Impact The various activities that affects Ambient air quality during construction phase are site preparation, approach roads, excavation, drilling, foundation, deployment of machinery, erection, transportation, dumping will cause dust and gaseous emissions. The pollutant released during the construction activities may cause immediate effect on the construction workers, directly exposed to them.

166

Temporary increase in air pollution will result from the use of construction equipment, portable lights, and fugitive dust. Due to the short duration of the Planned Action, any impacts on ambient air quality during construction activities are expected to be short term. However,Sri City shall use treated water from its 3 STPs to counter the emission of dust during the construction/site preparation. Regular spray of treated water over the dusty land shall results in minimum eruption of dust into air. Thus minimizing the ambient quality of the air. Construction Fugitive Dust Emission Factors in given in Table 4.2. Table 4-2: Construction Fugitive Dust Emission Factors Components Emission factor Unit Source Construction 0.19 ton PM 10/acre-month MRI1996;EPA Activities 2001;EPA2006 New Road 0.42 ton PM 10/acre-month MRI1996;EPA Construction 2001;EPA2006 PM 2.5 0.10 (10%of PM10emissions assumed EPA2001;EPA2006 emissions to be PM2.5) Control (assume 50% control efficiency EPA2001;EPA2006 Efficiency 0.50 for PM10 and PM2.5 emissions) Source:  EPA 2001 .Procedures Document for National Emissions Inventory, Criteria Air Pollutants, 1985-1999. EPA-454/R- 01-006.  EPA 2006.Documentation for the Final 2002 Non point Sector (Feb06 version) National Emission Inventory for Criteria and Hazardous Air Pollutants.  MRI1996. Improvement of Specific Emission Factors (BACM Project No.1).Mid-west Research Institute (MRI) Mitigation Measures  The work in area for the up routing of shrubs or vegetation or for the removal of boulders or temporary or permanent structures shall be sprayed with water.  Every main haul road shall be paved with concrete, bituminous materials, hardcore or metal plates, and kept clear of dusty materials.  All loose material either stocked or transported shall be provided with suitable covering such as tarpaulin, etc.  Stack height of DG sets to be kept in accordance with CPCB norms, which prescribes the minimum height of stack to be provided with each generator set to be calculated using the following formula: H = h +0.2×√KVA H = Total height of stack in meter h = Height of the building in meters where the generator set is installed KVA = Total generator capacity of the set in KVA

167

4.3.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Impact Foundation work will involve land excavation, affecting environment by noise. Structural work, deployment of machinery, approach of road construction and erection of roads will result in noise and vehicular traffic. Material handling and transportation would also lead to significant noise pollution. Continuous Exposure of workers to high sound levels may result in annoyance, fatigue. Albeit annoying, this negative impact will be short-term (limited to the duration of the road construction works) and is not considered to be a significant threat to the health or wellbeing of humans. Distance will help to ameliorate noises. Mitigation Measures  Construction activities that will generate disturbing sounds should be restricted to normal working hours.  Workers operating equipment that generates noise should be equipped with noise protection gear. Workers operating equipment generating noise levels greater than 70dBA continuously for 8 hours or more should use earmuffs. Workers experiencing prolonged noise levels of 70 – 80 dBA should wear earplugs.  The construction activities will be restricted to the daytime and no construction will be practiced during night.  Barricades will be provided around the construction site to confine noise within the site.

4.3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT Impact Construction phase requires large quantities of water to be used in various processing such as material preparation in equipment’s. Change in quality of water forms an important concern associated the project particularly during the construction phase. Earthworks, crushing of stones, cutting and modification of the terrain, alteration of drainage systems and soil erosion are the major factors that affect the water quality during construction phase. The storage of used engine oil and lubricants as waste materials has a potential to create impacts if spillage occurs. Wastewater will be generated from eating areas and the sewage will be generated from temporary sanitary facilities. Significant impact on water quality is envisaged if the sewage is discharged directly into the receiving waters without any prior treatment. During rainy season, the run-off water joining the water sources from nearby areas of the development sites will add more such debris and soil particles to enhance the level of suspended solids in the water bodies.

168

Mitigation Measures:  Excavation can be avoided during monsoon season  Check dams shall be provided to prevent construction runoff from the site to the surrounding water bodies.  Pit latrines and community toilets with temporary soak pits and septic tanks shall be constructed on the site during construction phase to prevent wastewater from entering the ground water or surrounding water bodies.  To prevent surface and ground water contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers shall be used for storage and transportation of oil/grease.  Controlled withdrawal of groundwater during construction.

4.3.5 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT AND RAIN WATER HARVESTING Storm water drains will be provided to collect water during rains. It would be sized adequately to prevent flooding of the site. It is proposed to have rain water harvesting structures for recharge of roof top rainwater and rain water of paved surface at respective buildings. The storm water drains will be acting as recharge trench as the bottom will not be lined and intermittent check dams will be provided in the storm water drains to infiltrate maximum amount of water into the ground. Rain Water Harvesting Storm water drainage network is being provided during the design stage as per the CPHEEO guidelines. In the design it shall be ensured that there shall be not any mixing of storm water and waste effluent. All the storm water will be diverted to rain water – harvesting pits proposed in the project and thereafter to existing water bodies (lakes, ponds etc.,) located all around the project site. Storm Water Drainage The topography of the proposed project site is like a saucer surrounded by hillocks on two sides and small catchments are located on the other sides. The terrain & topographical conditions, the rain water collected from the hills and catchments flow at much higher velocity and gushes through the un- trained major drains, before reaching to the downstream side of the project site. In the course of its journey to the downstream side, the rain water during heavy cyclonic rains.

169

Calculation for Storm Water Drainage for Phase II Area Direction of Flow S.No Name of the Tank Lead to Lead to Final Discharge 1. RALAKUPPAM TANK →→ CHERIVI TANK→→ EGUMADURAI DOWN STREAM TANK→→ 2. MADANAPALEM TANK →→ CHERIVI TANK→→ EGUMADURAI DOWN STREAM TANK→→ 3. KOLLADAM TANK→→ EGUMADURAI DOWN STREAM TANK→→ 4. IRUGULAM TANK →→ ARUR TANK→→ DOWN STREAM 5. ARUR SMALL TANK→→ ARUR TANK→→ DOWN STREAM 6. ARUR KANDRIKA→→ ARUR TANK→→ DOWN STREAM 7. PEDDAPUDI TANK→→ DOWN STREAM 8. THONDUR ERI→→ KK KALVA→→ DOWN STREAM

170

Figure 4-1: Hydrology Map of Sri City Phase II

171

Figure 4-2: Catchment Area of 5km Surrounding from Sri City

172

4.4 IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATION PHASE

4.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The potential impact on air quality would mainly be from Industries i.e. Emissions generated during process activities of the member industries. However, the PM, SO2 and NOx emissions are generated from proposed development. Emissions of PM10, PM2.5, NOx, SOx from D.G sets and Vehicular traffic and also dust emission from vehicular movement may also pollute the ambient air quality. The operation of diesel generators would be only during the power interruption from AP Government, when emissions due to combustion of fuel (High Speed Diesel) will take place. The anticipated key air emissions from the project would be particulate matter, oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Carbon monoxide (CO). Mitigation Measures  Location of DG sets and other emission generating equipment should be decided keeping in view the predominant wind direction so that emissions do not effect nearby residential areas.  Use of low sulphur diesel will minimize the emissions from D.G set  Individual residential & industrial developers will have to provide adequate mitigation measures to curtail emissions from their respective units.

 Use of Clean fuel and proper maintenance of the vehicles will also minimize the SPM, NOx, SOx from the exhaust of the vehicles.  Development of Green belt with specific species will help in reduce the PM levels to be carried out.  The proponent will be providing green belt & buffer areas within & around the project site. The individual units will dedicate required amount of green belt area in their respective zone based on the recommendation and condition of CFE & CFO. Modelling: a. Objective of study Detailed air quality study was done considering the proposed category industries such as Auto Components and light engineering, Hospitals and R&D centres, Steel fabrication etc., activity on baseline ambient air quality, after the implementation of the proposed project has been arrived by superimposing the present baseline. The baseline ambient data monitoring takes care of the present pollution loading due to the existing industries in the project area.

173

AERMOD with the following options has been used to predict the cumulative GLCs due to the Industrial park emissions.  Area being rural, rural dispersion parameters is considered  Multiple stacks were considered as a source of emissions based on the proposed categories of industries in the park.  Predictions have carried out to estimate concentration values due to proposed activity.  An uniform Cartesian and polar receptor network has been considered Emission rates from the sources were considered as constant during the entire period 24 hour mean meteorological data extracted from meteorological data collected during the study period as per guidelines of MOEF/CPCB has been used to compute mean GLCs Since the emissions associated with the operation are considered as major source, USEPA approved AERMOD dispersion modelling is performed to identify if there are any impacts to the environment associated with the operations of the proposed project. The stack emission from the project is normally considered as continuous air emissions. Operation o Diesel Generators and vehicles will generate emissions like particulate matter (PM), oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Carbon monoxide (CO) and will pollute the ambient air quality. Emissions from industrial units will vary based on their nature & size. b. Air Dispersion Modelling The sources considered for this modelling are i. Point Source: Done by considering the DG sets, process stack emissions and its concentration in the project site. The emissions levels were taken based on the category of industries proposed and their related standards of the CPCB. ii. Line Source: considering the traffic study for vehicular emissions, its concentrations and its impact on air quality. Traffic study was taken in the nearby connecting roads of the project site such as Guntur- Chennai Highway (T-1), Central Expy (T-2) and Arumbakkam – Aroor Road (T-3) located adjacent to the project site. The engine driven vehicles were categorized into various heads viz.

174

Figure 4-3: Surrounding Roads Considered

c. Meteorology of Study Area The maximum wind speed observed during the month of June is 8.7 Kmph and minimum wind speed observed during the month of October is 4.4 Kmph. The annual average wind speed calculated is 6.3. Kmph.

Figure 4-4: Wind Rose diagram for the study area

175

d. Ambient Air Quality Ambient air quality monitoring (AAQM) gives the concentration of criteria air pollutants arising from various sources in the study area. These locations were selected based on predominant wind direction, nearby highways/roads, sensitivity and residential area. Dispersion of air pollutant is dependent upon many meteorological factors, most significantly dependent upon wind speed. The major governing meteorological parameters for dispersion of air pollutants considered in the study area include: wind velocity, wind direction and temperature. The air quality impact prediction was done based on the characterization and the zoning of industries. Table 4-3: Resultant Concentrations for Point Source PM10µg/m3 NOx, µg/m3 SO2, µg/m3 Receptor Baselin Predicte Resultan Baselin Predicte Resultan Baselin Predicte Resultan e d t e d t e d t Project Site 63.0 4.3 67.3 19.0. 1.15 20.15 8.6 3.7 12.3 NAAQ 100µg/m3 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 Standard GLC Distance 1.12km 1.02km 1.04km

AERMOD Outputs A. Point Source

Figure 4-5: Isopelths PM of Project Site

176

Figure 4-6: Isopelths of NOx of Project Site

Figure 4-7: Isopelths of SO2 of Project Site

177

B. Line Source The vehicles passing through the road (in both ways) were counted separately for 24 hours at two selected location from 0600 hrs to 0600 hrs next day continuously. Category-wise vehicle counting has been done continuously and recorded in the traffic volume count on daily basis under respective categories. Trucks/Bus, Light Carriage Vehicles (LCV), Car/Van, Multi Axle Vehicles, Two/Three Wheelers and Cycles/others. The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car Units (PCU) as per the equivalent PCUs prescribed by IRC guidelines. Table 4-4: Resultant Concentrations for Vehicle (Line) Source CO, mg/m3 Baseline Predicted Resultant 0.26 0.0041 0.178 2000 mg/m3

Figure 4-8: Isopleths CO of project site The modeling has been carried out to indicate collective pollution level assessed considering the proposed industries in the industrial park and the results maximum air quality levels of each pollutant is within the norms. The industries existing and proposed have Air pollution control devices to adhere to the SPCB and MoEFCC norms, which further reduce the baseline emissions.

178

Mitigation Measures: The proposed mitigation measures are as follows: To minimise emission of fugitive dusts the following measures would be adopted:  Carry out regular water sprinkling at the site during dry season especially during the construction and decommissioning activities;  The trucks used for transport of fill material during the site preparation and debris transport during the decommissioning shall be provided with impervious sheeting;  During construction, the approach road will be kept clean, free from mud to prevent any entrainment of dust;  Waste from construction site will not be burned;  Location of construction materials will be away from nearby worker’s camps;  Proper handling of materials to ensure minimal emission of dust. To minimise emission from the vehicles, equipment and machinery the following measures would be adopted:  Movement of construction vehicles will be minimised and a speed of 20 km/hr will be enforced along the access and approach roads;  All diesel-powered equipment will be regularly maintained and idling time reduced to minimise emissions;  Low sulphur diesel (S<0.5%) will be used in diesel powered equipment and best management practices would be adhered to;  Vehicle / equipment air emissions will be controlled by good practice procedures (such as turning off equipment when not in use); and  Vehicle / equipment exhausts observed emitting significant black smoke in their exhausts would be serviced/replaced. Green belt development Pollution abatement via green belt development is one of the vital component for any industrial activity. The main objectives of green belt development plan in any area are:  Aesthetic Enhancement.  Reduction of impacts of air pollution and dust.  Arrest soil erosion  Climatic amelioration.

179

Selection of species and trees: The planting species are selected based on the physical growth characteristics of tree like form and shape, foliage pattern, growth rate, branching pattern, soil characteristics, water conditions and climatic conditions of the area. Greenbelt Development Plan: Buffer Area: The proposed industrial area has dedicated a buffer area of 15 m pheriphery all along the boundary & total green belt area is around 279 acres of total land area. The plantation in this stretch of area can be done in two rows conveniently. The inner row of plantation will consist of short to medium sized ornamental tree species and outer rows can be accommodated with shade bearing tall tree species alternatively. Avenue/Roadside Plantation: The proposed industrial area has dedicated area of about 129.17 acres for the transportation & facilities. The plantation in this stretch of area can be done with trees and shrubs species. The selection of species will be done so that it should acts as pollution absorber and also should form screen traffic and roadside residences. The height of tree shall be 3 m height and shrubs with a height of 1 m. The intermixing of trees and shrubs should be such that foliage area density in vertical which is almost uniform. Suggested species for Green belt Plantation Details S.No Name of the species 1. Accasia nelotica 2. Adennthera Pavonc 3. Aegle mormilos 4. Albizzia procera 5. Albizzia Richradina 6. Alstonia scholoris 7. Anthocephalus kadamba 8. Artocarpus integrifolia 9. Azardirachta indica 10. Bauhinia blackii 11. Bauhinia purpuria 12. Bauhinia recemosa 13. Borassus flabllifer 14. Canophyllum inophyllum 15. Cassia fistula 16. Cassia Javanica 17. Cassia nodosa 18. Cassia renegera 19. Cassia siamea 20. Cassia glauca

180

Plantation Details S.No Name of the species 21. Corida mixa 22. Corida Sebastena 23. Couropita guinensis 24. Dalbergia latifolia 25. Dalbergia sissoo 26. Dendrocalmus strictus 27. Feronia elephantum 28. Ficus bengalensis 29. Ficus glomerata 30. Ficus infectoria 31. Ficus religiosa 32. Grevellea robusta 33. Holoptelia integrifolia 34. Kaigelia pinneta 35. madhuka longifolia 36. Millingtonia hortensis 37. Phyllanthus emblica 38. Pongamia pinnata 39. Pterocarpus marsupium 40. Pterocarpus santalinus 41. Switenia mahagani 42. Syzigium cumini 43. Syzigium jambose 44. Tecoma gadichowdi 45. Tecoma grandis 46. Terminalia arjuna 47. Thespesia populnia 48. Thivetia nerifolia 4.4.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise pollution is caused due to the various activities which involve the Industries activities, vehicular movement, D.G sets etc. 4.4.2.1 Identification of Noise Sources and measurement of Noise The most important noise sources in industrial area development are excavators, vehicular movements and Diesel Generator. All these different sound sources which contribute overall noise in and around the area are identified and categorized it as a point source and line source. The choice of source type whether the particular heavy machine is of point, line, area or moving source depends on source receiver distance. Diesel Generators were considered as point sources and movement of vehicles/ trucks were consider as line source (Table 4-5).

181

Table 4-5: Noise sources in the study area

Sources Equipment Point Source DG Line Source Leyland Tipper/ Trucks In addition, meteorological parameters like temperature, wind speed, wind angle and humidity were collected. 4.4.2.2 Modelling for Noise Emissions For dispersion modelling of noise, standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation have been used. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decrease with increase in distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure level from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free medium, one can estimated noise levels at various locations due to different sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation. Noise (Receptor) = Noise (Source) - 20 Log [distance (Receptor) /distance (Source)] The combined effect of all the sources then can be determined at various locations by the following equation: Lp (total) = 10 Log (10(Lp1/10) +10(Lp2/10) +10(Lp3/10) ……………… (1) Where Lp1, LP2, LP3 are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources. For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient from the source point, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is used. For the modeling purposes, flat terrain is considered and environmental attenuation factors are not considered. The noise levels in the working environment will be maintained within the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing the hearing loss. The permissible limits, as laid down by OSHA, are presented in Table 4-6. Table 4-6: Permissible Exposure in Cases of Continuous Noise (OSHA, Govt. of India) S. Sound Level Continuous Duration No (dB A) (Hours) 1 85 8 2 88 4 3 91 2 4 94 1 5 97 0.5 6 100 0.25

182

4.4.2.3 Noise Impact Analysis on Community In residential area day time noise levels varied from 48.7 dB (A) to 58.6 dB (A) and night time noise levels varied from 42.3 dB (A) to 51.4 dB (A) across the sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in Residential area are all well within the limits. In summary, it can be stated that the impact on the present noise levels due to industrial operations will be restricted to the work zone areas only. The impact on the ambient noise levels will not be felt at the settlement areas due to masking effect with the existing noise levels. Hence, the noise levels impact due to the industrial operations on community is insignificant. 4.4.2.4 Noise Model for Sound Wave Propagation during operation. Nosie modelling for the project site from Diesel Generator: In the proposed project, Diesel Generators are used during the operational phase in a industrial area. Noise model software has been assigned the noise value of 75 dB for DG Set. As per the primary baseline study conducted at the site, average temperature is 30°C and relative humidity is 70%, same has been considered in the noise modelling. Figure showing noise modelling for the project site from Diesel Generator is given in Figure 4-9.

Figure 4-9: Noise Model Showing Noise levels from the Diesel Generator

183

From the noise modelling the industrial area is expected to receive a noise level of around 33.13 dB (A). This noise modelling has been carried out considering worst conditions, in actual, the noise level is expected to be very less than the calculated value. Nosie modelling for the project site from Line Source: In the proposed project, vehicular movements are used during the operational phase in an industrial area. Noise model software has been assigned the noise value of 96 dB(A) for Vehicular Movement. As per the primary baseline study conducted at the site, average temperature is 30°C and relative humidity is 70%, same has been considered in the noise modelling. Figure showing noise modelling for the project site from vehicular movement is given in Figure 4-10.

Figure 4-10: Noise Model Showing Noise levels from the Diesel Generator

From the noise modelling the industrial area is expected to receive a noise level of around 55.66 dB (A). This noise modelling has been carried out considering worst conditions, in actual, the noise level is expected to be very less than the calculated value. Mitigation Measures  Proper maintenance of the vehicles and record keeping on the same will reduce the noise levels.  The noise can be minimized by providing proper acoustic enclosures and isolating, so they will ensure minimum noise at the receiver’s end.  Noise barrier along the boundary will be in place.

184

 Greenbelt will be provided all along the periphery of boundary for noise arresting

4.4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT The Government of Andhra Pradesh has allocated 1 TMC of water via G.O. No.MS.184 through Telugu Ganga Canal which is sufficient for proposed Phase II operations. The type of treatment process usually depends on the quality of raw water required quality after treatment. Domestic sewage will be generated within the site which requires treatment prior to reuse / disposal. Disposal of domestic waste water generated may also affect the quality. Impacts due to Liquid waste from the proposed industries will also affect the water quality. Mitigation Measures  The domestic sewage from the labour camps and toilets will be routed to septic tanks/treatment units.  Efficient Rain water Management Plan will be adopted to reduce the impact due to surface runoff  Provide necessary overflow arrangement to maintain the natural drainage system.

4.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT Dumping of municipal solid waste & industrial waste on the land will affect the soil quality. Poor garbage management would lead to unsanitary conditions including vermin and fly infestation and odors as well as unsightly conditions. Mitigation Measures  Residential Solid Waste Management Out of total municipal waste, it is expected that desirable amount will be biodegradable, which will be disposed to authorised recyclers. Since the quantities of such municipal waste is not likely to be huge, it is further submitted that Sri City has a operational biogas plant which shall be expanded based in the growing quantities of biodegradable waste in additional all such waste will be dispose as per Municipal Solid Waste (Handling and Management) Rules, 2016.  Commercial Solid Waste Management Out of total municipal waste, it is expected that larger part will be non-biodegradable. In this case Sri City proposes to use its existing facilitity to segregate the waste and sale the same to recycler. All the waste management will be done as per Municipal Solid Waste (Handling and Management) Rules, 2016 on per ton treatment charge basis.

185

 Industrial Waste and its Management Individual industrial units to collect, store and dispose the hazardous waste generated within their premises as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Tran’s boundary Movement) Second Amendment Rules, 2016 and its base legislation. Schedule 1 of the said Rules mentions the list of processes that generate hazardous waste along with the type of waste. Individual industrial units may consider having an agreement with the nearest Treatment, Storage, Disposal Facility (TSDF) operator to dispose the hazardous waste. TSDF sites generally have land filling and incineration facilities area available within their premises.  Non-Hazardous Industrial Waste and its Management Out of the total industrial waste likely to be produced from manufacturing plants/units of this Industrial development. This category of waste would not warrant any kind of special treatment or processing similar to the hazardous waste. Non Hazardous industrial wastes should be stored and collected separately from the hazardous waste. It is proposed that the individual Industrial units may consider stocking/piling such waste separately within their premises not more then 60 days or as recommended by state pollution control board. Arrangements/contracts may be considered with authorized industrial waste collector which would collect such waste on an appropriate frequency depending upon the quantities of waste production.

4.4.5 ODOUR a. Impacts The upcoming industries in the industrial area may use odour producing compounds like hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, carbon disulfide, phenols, mercaptans and petroleum hydrocarbons. Electroplating industries, Automobile Manufacturing, solar cell manufacturing, Hotels, Leather Products excluding Tannery, Textile garments excluding dyeing, Pharmaceutical formulation and R & D, Synthetic detergents and soaps, Bakery & confectionery units, Coated electrode manufacturing, manufacturing of glass, foam manufacturing, thermocol manufacturing and Industries having effluent discharge more than 100 KLD Food and food processing industries are some of the major contributors of odour pollution. These industries may come up in the industrial area and can create impact on odour either by means of process or product manufacturing. The usage of vehicles also has its share on odour pollution. Vehicular emission will generate pungent odour and will create harmful effects to nearby residents. The inhalation of toxic stimulants results in ill health or respiratory damage. Odour pollution will not cause any direct damage to health. Insomnia, nausea and discomfort are some effects of odour. Very strong odour will result in nasal irritation; trigger symptoms with breathing problems or asthma.

186

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.45 acres) at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. b. Mitigation Measures The control measures for odour related impacts depends on the type of sources which are as follows:  Mist Filtration is used to reduce the volume of gases for incineration. Gases which cause odour contain high concentration of moisture. If the vapor discharge can be cooled below 400°C, a substantial quantity of water vapor will condense thereby reducing the volume of gases to be incinerated.  Adsorption using activated carbon is a method used to control odorous substances even at low concentrations. The contaminated air stream must be free from dust particles that could clog carbon particles. Activated alumina impregnated with potassium permanganate is the most economical method for adsorption method. The alumina adsorbs odorous substances and the permanganate in it oxidizes them to carbon dioxide, water, nitrogen and sulfur dioxide depending on the composition.  Bio Filtration is the method used to break down volatile organic compounds with the help of microorganisms present in bio filters. Here soil bed act as a bio- filter in which the odorous gases are allowed to flow through porous soil of depth 60cm and the bacteria present in the soil destroy odorous compounds. It also oxidize inorganic gases and vapors into non aromatic compounds such a water and carbon dioxide. Bio-filters can be constructed using compost, straw, wood chips, peat, soil and biologically active materials.  Irradiation, an expensive process for treating odorous gases using UV involves chambers to hold which holds odorous gases for 3 to 4 minutes and react with ozone which exchanges electrons with target molecules. Neutrapol which carries negative charge is used nowadays instead of ozone. Neutrapol can deodorize wide range of gases (acidic, alkaline and neutral).  Green Belt Development helps to reduce the concentration of pollutants in ambient air and source emissions. Green belts are used to form a surface capable of sorbing and forming sinks of odorous gases. Few plants that help to control odor are tulasi, turmeric, eucalyptus, vetiver, pine, cedar and junipers.  Wet scrubbing/Adsorption helps to remove odor adsorption either by adsorption with a suitable solvent or chemical treatment with a suitable reagent. Wet scrubbing handles gas streams, ammonia or solid streams that foul other equipment. It is the economical process when compared to incineration and absorption. Wet scrubbers with the venture system accelerate the gas stream into a high density liquid spray. Wet scrubbers with packed power system utilize high surface area media as a contact zone for the gas stream with scrubbing liquor.

187

4.4.6 ECOLOGY Impact Existing flora & fauna of the study area has already been detailed in Chapter 3. Site excavation & leveling will require clearing of existing green cover. There will be a temporary loss of native species. No endangered / wildlife species were observed to inhabit the study area during the baseline survey & from secondary data sources. Trees in Sri City Phase II The land has desirable number of trees, covered with mango shrubs, bushes, and fine tree. Whenever land is allotted, Sri City shall apply to AP Govt under Walta ACT and obtain permission for tree cutting for each and every plot. After the permission is obtained, the trees are cut and when the factory is constructed, the units shall do fresh tree planting. Units are required to keep required percentage of greenbelt as per APPCB rules. Normally for each tree cut, two trees shall be planted to compensate for carbon loss. Sri City maintains a nursery of about 350,000 plants and these are available for Sri City and the units for immediate planting. The selection of species is done as per advice of Forest Department, Govt of AP who have given us a list of 62 species which can grow well in our region. The survival rate of these species in our area is over 85 percent. In addition, we are also doing Miyawaki plantation for increasing the green cover. Mitigation Measures Development of green belt within the site & around the plant boundary will be carried out in accordance with the existing nature (native) of vegetation found in the study area; M/s Sri City will be planting 15m with buffer of greenieries all along the periphery of the project boundary. Required amount of green belt will be maintained by individual industries of the total area.

4.4.7 SOCO ECONOMIC Land acquisition & land conversion (agricultural to industrial) was completed in 2010 and further no forest land was acquired. The land was acquired through AP Government and all compensations have been paid in consultation with AP and compensation paid is higher than the priviling market rate. Hence no R&R is involved. As such, impact due to the projects will be positive on socio-economic aspects. It will be ensured that the buffer zone of the industrial area will be properly preserved environmentally in all respects within sustainable limits through necessary monitoring. The project will be operated with due care for minimizing environmental impacts with proper EMP measures for pollution control. Direct & Indirect

188

189

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF & CC) has framed guidelines for siting of an industry/proposed project to help the concerned authorities and entrepreneurs. The broad environmental guidelines recommended for siting of industries/proposed project to ensure optimum use of natural and manmade resources in sustainable manner with minimal depletion, degradation and destruction of environment are given below Table 5-1: Site Selection Criteria – Areas to be avoided Sufficient land to meet the demand of green belt Land Procurement development, reuse of treated water, storing of solid waste before final disposal. Coastal Areas At least 500m from high tide line At least boundaries 200m away from the Estuaries estuary Flood system plains of the Riverine At least 500 m from highway and railway At least 25 km from the project growth Transport/Communication system boundary of the settlement At least 5 km (Archaeological monuments, Ecologically Sensitive Area National parks and Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Hill Resorts, Scenic Areas, etc.

During siting of the proposed development of Sri City Integrated business centre, care will be taken to minimize the adverse impact of the proposed project on the immediate neighbourhood as well as distant places. Some of the natural life sustaining systems and some specific land uses are sensitive and vulnerable to the outputs. With a view to protect such sensitive systems, shall maintain the above mentioned guidelines. 5.1 SITING CRITERIA The proposed development of Sri City integrated business city, Industrial area is located at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. The details of siting criteria of the proposed project are as follows:

190

Table 5-2: Siting Criteria of the proposed project Proposed development of Sri City integrated business city, Industrial area is located at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Details Siting Guidelines Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. Ecologically sensitive At least 5 Km Pulicat bird sanctuary 4.5 km & beyond 2.5 km ESZ Areas 500 m from the high Coastal Areas Nil tide line Flood plain of Riverine 500 m from flood plain Nil system Transport and 500 m from highway NH 16 Communication and railway SH 52, 52 Rehabilitation & -- Sri city has acquired land as per statutory norms Resettlement issues Avoid prime Agriculture Single Crop, Dry, Barren Land - converted to Non- Type of Land land Agricultural use

5.2 SITE SELECTION Overlooking the environmental factors during the selection at the project initiation stage will generally increase the project cost due to the increase in the compliance to environmental regulations and also will make the project vulnerable to opposition from the public. The selected site is best suited for industrial activities. Hence no other alternative sites have been proposed. Site selection for the development was made keeping the following points in view: Sri CIty phase II land will have following site selection criteria;  Mostly green and orange industries and a few red category units. Sri City will not take any of the core red units like tanneries, refineries, tyre plants, cement plants etc. Zoning map of Sri City will clearly showcase the location of green, orange and red industries.  Land is in possession of Sri City  Adjacent to Phase I, so that all the exisiting facilities can be used in phase II.  Lot of Common infrastructure from phase I can be utilized in phase II.  Air shed and topography of the region.  Watershed, drainage patterns and the hydrogeology of the region.  Meteorological conditions that favor the dispersion of air emission.  Major water bodies and downstream users within the study area.

191

5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES Appropriate mitigation measures adopted such as STP, Municipal and Hazardous waste management, Storm water management and Rain water harvesting system to mitigate the impacts on air, water, land, noise and biological environment. Hence there will be no need of alternative site for the development of Sri City Integrated business development centre. 5.4 ALTERNATIVE ENERGY Solar energy is proposed as an alternative energy. Solar streetlights are proposed to be used and the upcoming industries would be asked to install solar water heaters to feed pre heat water to process. This will help in saving the electrical energy. However, solar energy can be saved only during day time.

192

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN An Environmental monitoring Plan provides feedback about the difference between actual environmental scenario and the impacts of the project on the environment and helps to judge the adequacy of the mitigation measures in protecting the environment. A well- defined environmental monitoring program would be followed for the proposed development of Sri City Industrial Area. It would be ensured that trained and qualified staff supervisors, sampling and monitoring of ambient air, DG set and Boiler stack gases, common sewage and trade effluents, noise, etc. to see the prescribed standards laid down/obtained. The monitoring program will be done in two phases: Construction and Operation Phase. 6.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN The key issues associated with the life cycle of a project are the monitoring of environmental parameters. Three types of environmental monitoring are associated with the projects, which includes a. Baseline Monitoring: It deals with the measurement of environmental variables during a pre- project period to determine existing conditions, ranges of variation and process of change. b. Effects/Impacts of Monitoring: It involves measurements of environmental variable during construction and operation phase of the project to assess the impact that may be caused by the project. c. Compliance Monitoring: It takes the form of periodical sampling and continuous measurements of level of pollutant emission in the air, water discharge on land or water, level of noise to ensure that standards are met. The basic objectives of the environmental monitoring program are:  To ensure implementation of mitigation measures during project implementation.  To provide feedback to the decision makers about the effectiveness of their actions.  To identify the need for enforcement action before irreversible environment damage occurs.  To provide scientific information about the response of an ecosystem to a given set of human activities and mitigation measures. Various physical, biological and social components identified as of particular significance in affecting the environment at critical locations in various stages of the project have been suggested as Performance Indicators listed below shall be the focus for monitoring.

 Air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5 and CO.  Water quality with respect to Dissolved Oxygen, Biological Oxygen Demand and Coliform count.

193

 Noise levels around sensitive locations.  Re plantation success/survival rate. For each of the environmental components, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be monitored, location of monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implantation and supervising responsibilities. 6.3 SUGGESTED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN The environmental monitoring plan for the proposed project has been developed in view of the institutional, scientific and fiscal issues pertaining to the project. For developing the monitoring plan, appropriate Value Ecosystem Components (VECs) which are likely to be affected have been identified. For each component, suitable measurable environmental indicators which are appropriate to the impact mechanism and scale of disturbance and have allow natural variability, broad applicability and an existing data series have been defined. As per the guidelines of MoEF&CC, environmental monitoring shall be required during construction and operation phases. The schedule for monitoring ambient air quality, ambient noise quality, ground water quality and waste water quality both during construction and operation phases of the project is given in Table 6-1. Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Schedule Monitoring Important Monitoring S.No Particulars Duration of Sampling Frequency Parameters 1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 24 hour PM10, PM2.5, NOx and CO, a Project site Once in a month continuously except SO2. CO 2 Stack Monitoring SO2,NOx,SPM,CO, a DG set Once in a 3 month 30min CO2, Temperature, Flow rate and velocity of gas. 3 Ambient Noise Level 8hr continuously a Near DG set Once in 2 months Noise level(dB) with 1hr interval 4 Ground / Drinking Water Quality Ground water at Parameters specified a Once in a months Grab Sampling project site underISO:10500,1993 5 Sewage Quality Monitoring a STP Inlet Physical, Chemical and Biological paramters specified under IS 2490: Once Every 15days Grab Sampling b STP Outlet 1982

194

Monitoring Important Monitoring S.No Particulars Duration of Sampling Frequency Parameters 6 Soil Quality Parameter for soil quality: Samples collected pH, texture, electrical from three different At the Green belt conductivity, organic a Once in a year depths viz., 30cm, area matter, nitrogen, 60cm and 100cm phosphate, calcium, below the surface. potassium and magnesium. No of Plants and animal 7 Flora and Fauna Once in a year - species All relevant parameters 8 Health Regular check ups - including HIV

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY EQUIPMENT The proposed development of Sri City Industrial area has an in house environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring/sampling of Water, Soil, Meteorological, Noise analysis. However, Sri City is in contract with third party NABL laboratory for secondary verification of Environmental data. Such as Water -Raw, Treated from 3 STPs, 1 WTP tested twice in a month for both Biological and Physical parameter and Ambient Air testing at 6 location twice a month. For monitoring/sample analysis, the member industries/developer will utilize the services of in-house environmental laboratory and external laboratories as third party monitoring/sampling/analysis for compliance. Table 6-2: List of Equipment proposed for Environmental Laboratory S.No. Name of the Equipment 1. Manual or automatic weather station which can record wind speed, wind direction, temperature, Relative humidity 2. Air samplers with PM<10µm& PM<2.5µm provision 3. Portable noise level meter 4. Portable waste water analysis kit 5. Electronic balance

6.5 SCHEDULE OF MONITORING DATA The environmental monitoring cell will co-ordinate all monitoring programs at the site and the report generated will be forwarded to the state regulatory agencies regularly. The frequency of monitoring will be done on the basis of statutory requirements to the local state PCB officials and to the regional office to MoEF&CC. The Environmental audit reports shall be prepared for the entire year of operations and it will be submitted to regulatory authorities.

195

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT The principal objective of the risk assessment study is to identify and quantify the major hazards and the risk associated with various operations of the proposed project, which may lead to disasters affecting public health and safety. The proposed development of Sri City Industrial Area generally has problems related to occupational health and safety. An emergency preparedness plan is in place & Practice. Industrial accidents will resulting read financial and personal loss. Over exertion, ergonomic injuries and illness caused due to repetition motion and manual handling are among the most common problems that can be raised during construction of the proposed development of Sri City Industrial Area. Risk analysis requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of populations etc. Based on the risk assessment, disaster management plan has to be prepared. The major hazards anticipated in the proposed project are illustrated below:  Fire in diesel storage areas, garbage storage areas and disposal areas  Natural disasters such as Earthquakes, flooding, etc.  Electrical accidents.  Disasters from man-made sources 7.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION Hazard identification has been given primary importance in the analysis, quantification and cost effective control of accidents involving various processes. A classical definition of hazard states that hazard is the characteristic of a system/plant/process that gives potential to an accident. To reduce the impacts of hazards, it should be evaluated and safety management plan should be prepared.

7.2.1 SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN Steps involved in the prevention and control of risk are as follows:  Training to be given to the workers regarding lifting of materials & handling, Placement of weight limits, selection of tools and implementation of administrative controls in the site for the development.  Implementation of good house-keeping practices, such as sorting and placing loose construction materials or demolition debris in identified areas away from footpath.  A fall protection plan will be implanted for the persons who will work in height sand also depending on the nature and aspects of the fall hazard.  Appropriate measures will be taken for the prevention and control of hazards caused by moving

196

objects and machinery.  Suitable dust suppressing measures will be implemented to suppress dust generated from moving vehicles and construction activities.

7.2.2 HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out to identify the major hazards associated with storage and processing of member industries. This is followed by consequence analysis to quantify these hazards. Physical and Health Occupational Hazards in any industry can be broadly classified in to the following categories: i. Mechanical Risks: The failure of mechanical equipments causes injury to worker and other harmful efforts. ii. Electrical Risks: This hazard leads to fire and explosion. This is due to failure in circuit break, insulators, fuses, poor maintenance, etc. Never the less, all these lead to localized accidents only. iii. Fire/Explosion Risks: There could be areas in the plant which requires adequate firefighting equipment to control the fire hazard. iv. High/Low Temperature Risks v. Toxic /Carcinogenic Chemical Exposure Risks: The member industries may use corrosive and toxic materials .If those materials are not handled properly, it will lead to burns and toxicity. Self contained breathing apparatus will be available in the premises in the event of leakage in case of emergency. vi. Corrosive/ Reactive/Radioactive Chemical Exposure Risks: The upcoming member industries may use hazardous chemicals which are toxic and flammable, which will be used as raw material for manufacturing. Separate storage will be provided for these chemicals and it will be handled with at most care by following the safety norms for handling of hazardous chemicals. Table 7-1: Preliminary Hazard Analysis for Process and Storage area S.No Block/Area Hazards Identified 1 Flammable Chemical Storage Fire, Spontaneous Combustion 2 DG set Fire in cable galleries, short circuits in control rooms and switchgears 3 Switch–yard control room Fire in cable galleries and switchgear/control room 4 Process reaction vessels Fire due to accidentals pill, leakages of flammable raw material from the equipment 5 Power Transformer Explosion and Fire

197

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN All units establishing its operations are required to seek fire & factory license from Andhra Pradesh fire & factory department and necessary arrangements are required to be in place before commencement of operations. All the facilities are equipped with emergency exits, assembly points, fire extinguishers / Hydrants, fire alarms and other amenities required to alert the occupants. In the event of floods – necessary facilities are in places – these are widely covered and described in disaster management policy of Sri City. Lastly, a fully functional Fire station with required strength is operational within Sri City along with Police out post to provide necessary man power strength in any emergency situations. Sri City also has close proximity to AP fire station center of Chittoor, Nellore District of Andhra Pradesh – 15 KM  Preventive Action If a disaster is suspected, an action plan is prepared to prevent the disaster. The project in-charge is responsible for preventive action and the project in-charge should identify the sources of equipments, materials, labour and experts during emergency. The project in-charge should notify the officer for the following information: . Exit points for the public . Safety areas . Nearest medical facilities  Communication System An efficient communication system is essential for the success of any disaster management plan. This has to be worked out in consultation with local authorities involving police and fire department, hospital department considering the following points: . Identification of relevant officials and institutions for the first, second and third level of information. . Preparation of telephone directory of the officials and making it available to all concerned peoples. . Allotment of toll free number to a central communication centre. . Providing wireless communication devices to all security and communication officers. . Empowering central communication centre with latest communication equipment and tools.

198

 Emergency Action Committee To ensure co-ordinate action, an emergency action committee shall be constituted. An emergency evacuation plan based on local needs and facilities available will be prepared. The broad content of plan will include the following: . Demarcation of the areas to be evacuated with priorities . Safe area and shelters . Security of property behind in the evacuated areas . Functions and responsibilities of various members . Setting up of joint control action . An elaborate firefighting arrangement will be designed for the proposed project. . Functions and responsibilities of various members.

7.3.1 ONSITE DMP Onsite Disaster: If an accident/incident takes place within the industrial area and its effects are confined to the premises, involving only the persons working in industrial area and property inside the industrial area. Important elements of Onsite Emergency Plan  Protection of vital records  Emergency action  Light and Power  Protective and Rescue equipment  Public Relation  Periodical revision of plan  Source of energy control  Leadership and Administration Functions Control centre is the main centre from where the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Facilities such as communication, pollution records, storage records of hazardous materials, manufacturing records and contact details of key personnel would be made available in the control centre. Assembly point is the safest place which should be pre-determined, all the personnel evacuated from the affected areas to the assembly point where in case of emergency. The works main controller who acts as the General Manager of the plant will declare the emergency and he will instruct gate office to operate the emergency siren after assessing the gravity of the situation.

199

The work incident controller is designated as the supervisor and he is the next responsible person after main controller. He will rush to the affected area and report the situation to the main controller .The other key personnel responsible for handling the emergency are communication officer, Fire and Safety Officer, Telephone operator, Medical officer and Administrative Officer. Onsite Emergency Plan should contain:  Site Plan and Topographic Plan.  Plan showing fire fighting facilities.  Plan showing hazardous and material storage area.  Material safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals.  List of emergency and safety equipments.  Contact details of key personnel

7.3.2 OFFSITE DMP Offsite Disaster: If the effects of the accident inside the industrial area uncontrollable and it may spread outside the premises, it is called off site disaster. Objectives of Offsite Emergency Plan  To save lives and injuries.  To prevent or reduce property loses and  To provide for quick resumption of normal situation or operation. There are three groups which play a vital role in preparing off-site emergency plan. They are State Crisis Group, District Crisis Group and Local Crisis Group. Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) rules,1996 prescribes for the constitution of the State crisis group as apex body at the state level to deal with major chemical accidents and to provide expert guideline for handling major chemical accidents. The composition of the district crisis group has been prescribed under the chairpersonship of district collector and local crisis group under the chairpersonship of sub divisional magistrate. The district crisis group shall meet every forty five days and send a report to the state crisis group. The local crisis group shall meet every month and forward a copy of the proceedings to the district crisis group.

200

7.4 RISK & EMERGENCY PREPARDNESS PLAN Emergencies can occur at any time usually without warning. When an emergency occurs, the safety and prompt recovery of the projects it depends on the preparedness and careful response of the workers, people and visitors. The information listed below provides basic emergency information to help individuals respond thought fully in an emergency event. a) Building Evacuation The Department of public safety and security will notify security officers, building contractors and emergency preparedness coordinators to commence evacuation procedures.  In the event of an emergency, all occupants must vacate the building immediately.  When notification occurs, all building occupants must evacuate from the nearest marked exit place and alert to theirs within close proximity to do the same. Assist mobility to impaired persons to the closest “area of rescue assistance”.  Use stair cases to exit from the building. Do not use elevators in the event of fire, earthquake or other emergencies where you could become confined inside.  Provision for individuals with disabilities. b) Training There is approved fact that human beings when faced with adverse situations, tend to react in the way for which they have trained and practiced. Emergency preparedness coordinator should have regular meetings with people in their building to let them know what to do and what to expect as much as possible. The project proponent will conduct mandatory Emergency Preparedness Training sessions annually, in person or web based. The training will be conducted through a collaboration of the office of the Associate vice president for administration, campus operation and campus safety. Any change in the Emergency preparedness coordinators should be immediately reported to both the Environmental Management Cell and the Environmental Safety Officer .The emergency preparedness training should be on fire fighting, the equipment used for fire fighting should be checked periodically and mock drills should be conducted. 7.5 TRAFFIC STUDY REPORT The purpose of this study is to assist the client to study the regional transportation and traffic connectivity to the site and to ensure that the proposed development is able to have access to infrastructures needed for the future development and its functionality. This will also help in assessing the impact of increase in traffic due to the proposed project. The project site is located in Sri City Industrial Area at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam Village, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District. It is well connected by road, rail and

201

Figure 7-1: Satellite Image of the Project Site

202

Figure 7-2: Location of Traffic Survey

Figure 7-3: Surrounding roads of the project Site Methodology Vehicle Count The vehicles passing through the road (in both ways) were counted separately for 24 hours at two selected location from 0600 hrs to 0600 hrs next day continuously. Category-wise vehicle counting has been done continuously and recorded in the traffic volume count on daily basis under respective categories.

203

Categorization of Traffic The engine driven vehicles were categorized into various heads viz. Trucks/Bus, Light Carriage Vehicles (LCV), Car/Van, Multi Axle Vehicles, Two/Three Wheelers and Cycles/others. The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car Units (PCU) as per the equivalent PCUs prescribed by IRC guidelines. Table 7-2: Equivalency Factors for Various Types of Vehicles on Urban Roads Equivalent PCUs Type of Vehicles < 5% >10% Cycles 0.4 0.5 Two Wheelers 0.5 0.8 Auto Rickshaws 1.2 2.0 Cars/ Vans 1.0 1.0 LCV 1.4 2.0 Trucks/ Bus 2.2 3.7 Multiaxle 4.0 5.0 Cart 2.0 3.0 Source: IRC 106:1990 Sampling Locations The traffic location is represented in Table 7-3. Table 7-3: Details of Traffic Monitoring Locations Location Code Location Details T-1 Guntur- Chennai Highway (Adjacent to the site) T-2 Central Expy (Adjacent to the site) T-3 Arumbakkam – Aroor Road (Adjacent to the site) Presentaion of Results The daily vehicular traffic densities for continuous normal day at each location observed during the study period and the same are presented in below mentioned in the following Tables. Table 7-4: Summary of PCUs Observed On Study Locations

Location Number: T-1 [Guntur- Chennai Highway] Total PCUs per day 2481 Unit Min. 16 PCU/hr Max. 254 PCU/hr Average 103 PCU/hr

Location Number: T-2 [Central Expy] Total PCUs per day 1886 Unit Min. 22 PCU/hr Max. 200 PCU/hr Average 79 PCU/hr

204

Location Number: T-3 [Arumbakkam – Aroor Road] Total PCUs per day 788 Unit Min. 8 PCU/hr Max. 63 PCU/hr Average 33 PCU/hr

TRAFFIC FLOW PATTERNS The traffic study was conducted for Guntur- Chennai Highway (T-1), Central Expy (T-2) and Arumbakkam – Aroor Road (T-3) located adjacent to the project site. Based on the study, the average traffic in Guntur- Chennai Highway was observed as 103 PCUs/hr (Passenger Car Units / hour) and peak traffic was observed from 9:00 AM – 10:00 AM of 203 PCU/hr & the peak traffic during night time was observed from 6:00 – 7:00 PM of 254 PCU/hr. The peak traffic in Central Expy was observed from 9:00 AM – 10:00 AM of 140 PCU/hr & the peak traffic during night time was observed from 6:00 – 7:00 PM of 200 PCU/hr and average traffic was observed as 79 PCU/hr. The average traffic in Arumbakkam – Aroor Road was observed as 33 PCUs/hr (Passenger Car Units / hour) and peak traffic was observed from 9:00 AM – 10:00 AM of 38 PCU/hr & the peak traffic during night time was observed from 6:00 – 7:00 PM of 63 PCU/hr. OPERATING CONDITION OF ROAD IN TERMS OF V/C AS PER INDIAN ROADS CONGRESS (IRC) - 106 - 1990

Level of Range of General Operating conditions Service V/C Free flow (traffic flows at or above speed limit and motorists A <0.30 have complete mobility between lanes) Reasonable flow (slightly more congested, with some B 0.3 - 0.47 maneuverability) C Stable flow (more congested than B, loads close to capacity) 0.48 - 0.68 Approaching unstable flow (speeds are somewhat reduced, D example: busy corridor during middle of a weekday, or a 0.69 - 0.88 functional urban highway during rush hour) Unstable flow (flow becomes irregular, speed varies widely E 0.88 - 1.00 and rarely reaches speed limit) F Forced or breakdown flow (a constant traffic jam) >1.00

GUNTUR- CHENNAI HIGHWAY, CENTRAL EXPY AND ARUMBAKKAM – AROOR ROAD Peak of the peak traffic observed at the Guntur- Chennai Highway, Central Expy and Arumbakkam – Aroor Road was found to be 2481 PCU/hr, 1886 PCU/hr and 788 PCU/hr. The capacity of road for 4 lane Two way road due to very low cross traffic is taken as 4000 PCU/hr and for 2 lane Two way road due to very low cross traffic is taken as 1500 PCU/hr as per IRC Standards. Hence the V/C Ratio for the

205

Guntur- Chennai Highway is found to be 2481/4000 = 0.620, Central Expy is found to be 1886/4000 = 0.470 and for Arumbakkam – Aroor Road is found to be 788/1500=0.525. Hence the level of service for the Guntur- Chennai Highway and Arumbakkam – Aroor Road is “C” & the performance is “Stable Flow” and Central Expy is “B” & the performance is “Reasonable Flow”. FUTURE TRAFFIC SCENARIO Pooling of Vehicles (Car/ Auto, Two-wheelers) will encourage to reduce the traffic congestion & to reduce the impact to the environment. The vehicle distribution to proposed site will be expected throughout the day. The modified Level of service & performance for the road is as shown in the below table. Existing Modified Existing Additional Modified Volume/C Volume/ Road Volume Volume Volume Modified LOS apacity Capacity (PCU/hr) (PCU/hr) (PCU/hr) ratio ratio Guntur- Chennai D (Approaching 2481 0.620 715 3196 0.799 Highway unstable flow) D(Approaching Central Expy 1886 0.470 883 2769 0.692 unstable flow) Arumbakkam – D(Approaching 788 0.525 277 1065 0.710 Aroor Road unstable flow)

The modified volume to capacity ratio for Guntur- Chennai Highway, Central Expy and Arumbakkam – Aroor Road is calculated. Considering the future traffic during operation phase, volume/capacity ratio is increased slightly when compared to existing scenario. IMPACTS  Traffic congestion is resulting into unnecessary delays and reduction in speed.  It has resulted into a non-productive activity for most people as when they get stuck in traffic jams, they reach their workplace late or reach back home late.  Traffic congestion has also led to an increase in the number of accidents on the roads.  Inability to forecast travel time accurately.  Fuel wastage.  Increasing air and noise pollution.  Wear and tear on vehicles.  Increased road rage.  Blocked traffic also interferes with the passage of emergency vehicles etc.

206

MEASURES FOR SMOOTH TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT  Designing a well-maintained and well-developed public transport system.  Shuttle bus services will be provided for supporting employees & for reducing the traffic load in the proposed site.  Pooling of Vehicles (Car/ Auto, Two-wheelers) will encourage for reducing the congestion at the roads & for reducing the impact to the environment.  Rotational shift scheduled will be practiced for the improvement of work culture & helps to reduce the congestion at the proposed site.  Strict enforcement of travel demand management and policies to be adopted to reduce the use of private vehicles.  Ensuring safety and convenience to commuters of public transport and pedestrians.  Introduction of cost-effective, environment-friendly and efficient new modes of public transport for congested lanes, streets and feeder system for major public transport. OTHER MEASURES  Project proponent shall maintain the traffic signage with the premises wherever required.  Usage of phone calls during driving within and outside premises should be strictly avoided.  Project Proponent shall appoint traffic man at entry and exit point to management the smooth traffic movement leading into project area.  Project proponent shall encourage the staff of contractor and self to use public transport.  Sufficient parking inside the site premises for staffs as well as visitors are provided.  Promoting traffic safety and traffic rules through education, advertising and strict enforcement.

207

8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT The proposed project is about the establishment of M/s Sri City at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh over an extent of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres). M/s. Sri City has proposed to develop red, orange, green & white category industries which are not attracting EIA Notification, 2006 in Phase II development. 8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE Most of the infrastructure like water intake system, power in take system, roads, storm water drains, hospitals, schools, etc are already available in the Sri City Phase I. However the above infrastructure / amenities / facilities available near the industries will be assessed based on need based survey and will be taken up under CSR scheme for development. 8.3 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIO – ECONOMIC CONDITIONS The impacts on the socio – economic developments due to the proposed project is as follows: 1. Due to the development of Industries, population from different states will migrate towards the proposed project area. Land value in the study area will be increatsed and subsequently, economic status of the surrounding people will increases. 2. Employment opportunities for Engineers, Labours, security guards, housekeepers etc., will be created due to the development of Industrial Area. In following villages namely Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam where in Sri City phase II expansion project is proposed, many owners replaced thatched huts to new construction buildings. Majority of people have used their compensation in clearing their debt and conducting marriages, educating children, buying passport, commercial vehicle for establishing their business. Also become service providers and vendors for Sri City and Sri City companies. One major feature in utilisation of cash compensation is protective wherein investments have gone mostly in fixed assessts. Enterpreneur investments are very few. Some individual have also started small scale business. Cashflow at the household level have increased on account of monthly income from interest from deposts. They are also pre-planning about their family in developing future status.

208

Sri City has already developed township many facilities balwadi, library, schools, playground, market, park, water front development and easy access to public transportation, rain water harvesting and many more which will be benefit for in and around Sri City people. People showing more interest in development of Sri City Industires because of new employment generation so that they can be free from unemployment and also once the industries are developed the land and rent cost of near by habitations may also seems to be increase. Evidently people wanted value addition to the place in ehich they live whether in a newly built up area or their own present habitation 8.4 NEW ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES AND EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL The project will generate direct employment to about 3000 persons in Construction Phase and 20,000 persons in Operation Phase in which 50% of employement will be women. Indirect employment opportunities are developing in the industires and material handling areas. Employment opportunities due to the development of Sri City Integrated business city and their benefits are as follows; 1. Due to creation of new industries more workers and man power have joined this places leading to a substantial increase in the population. 2. The project will generate direct and indirect employment opportunities for the local people. The plant will create additional employment during construction & operational phase. Additionally, certain works like security will be outsourced on contract. The secondary employment in the form of providing services to the employed manpower will also be developed in the neighboring villages. 3. Raw materials can be sourced locally. Hence the cost for procurement will be less. 4. Increase in Market & Business Establishment facilities. 5. The State Government will benefit through revenue recovery from excise duty. Even though the agriculture activities is getting reduced, the Sri City intergrated business are is witnessing bubbling acitivites. However, agriculture continues to be an activity which many individuals are professing. Some of the Major Activites that are currently taking place are given below: 1. Construction Works 2. Daily Wages 3. Agricultural wage labour 4. Fencing Works 5. Construction material works 6. Road Laying works 7. Factory Works

209

8. Industry works 9. Small scale activites (Petty Shops, Tea Shops etc) 10. Live Stock and Dairy There are several small scale occupations which are practiced by the people such as thatch roof makers, repairing services etc. 8.5 DEVELOPMENT OF ANCILLARY INDUSTRIES The implementation of the industrial area will undoubtedly provide stimulation for added growth to a number of other industries. Establishment of ancillary industries such as auto ancillary, macheries and welding units, agricultural by products like pesticides, seeds, etc. Establishment of indirect industries and shops near the indutrail area such as small scale work shops, hardware shops, small scale restaurants, petty civil and electrical contractors, grocery and provision shops, etc. Construction industry during erection and construction period of Ancillary Business. 8.6 CONTRIBUTION TO STATE EXCHEQUER Revenue generated by Sri City and their taxable amounts paid to Government of India. Revenue report of Sri City SEZ – Rs.7693 Cr upto Jan 21. The Revenue is in term of Duty paid by SEZ unit to GoI for DTA sales of their product.  Export April 2017 to Jan 2021 : Rs 3150 Cr  DTA Sales April 2017 to Jan 2021 : Rs 34605 Cr  Revenue gained by GoI to DTA Sale : Rs 7693 Cr. 8.7 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY Sri City Foundation: As a foundation committed towards bringing a positive change to the life of millions, we at Sri City approach our CSR activities with full passion and enthusiasm. We focus on social and environmental sustainability by creating opportunities for people to learn, grow and contribute in a meaningful way. EDUCATION:  Sri City has built English medium CBSE School run by Chinmaya Vidyalaya  Government Schools being upgraded as model school- toilets, notebooks, Computer Maintenance, New class rooms, Painting, Tables, Chairs and Vidya Volunteers  Government provides free text books to Government Schools and Sri City provide notebooks /

210

Stationery to 1600 students every year  Attracting good teachers with special incentives  Monitoring results to measure effectiveness of intervention  Providing skill development Training programs to the local youth to enable them to secure jobs suitable jobs with industrial skills Sri City Chinmaya Vidyalaya

Zp High School Irugulam Before

After

HEALTH CARE

211

 Modern Emergency Clinic established & managed by SRM Institute of Medical Sciences (SIMS), Chennai  24 x 7 Ambulance for Trauma care  Another 24 x 7 ambulance for villagers to access Govt. hospitals  Medical camps - 6 per year in all villages  Focus on early detection & care. Access to good referral hospitals  Our aim to eliminate water borne diseases by providing safe drinking water to everybody.

Free Mega Health Camp at Medical Center

Free Dental & Eye Screening Camp at Schools

SANITATION:

212

Sewage Water treatment plant  Undertake all sewer line repairs  Collection of sewage and treatment from nearby villages  Treated water used in fields and farms Built Public Toilets  Built toilets in public areas  Constructed toilets for individual households  New toilets built in schools  Awareness about usage of toilets in the villages Awareness on Health & Hygiene to Students and Local Villagers  Conduct awareness programmes among students  Motivate local villagers and make them understand the concept of hygiene VILLAGE DEVELOPMENT Drainage Work

Street Lights Erection & Laying of Gravel Road in Villages

WATER

213

 All workers and construction labors are provided with clean drinking water at site, this has reduced water borne diseases considerably  Government Schools are provided with clean drinking water free of cost. Water tanks in Schools are cleaned and maintained. Some schools were provided with RO plants.  Plan to provide villagers access to drinking water by extending our pipelines  3500 KLD Water Treatment Plant with UV treatment is operational

The above CSR activities are being conducted by M/s Sri City all along these years and much more in future too.

214

8.8 SRI CITY COVID-19 (SURVIVAL & REVIVAL) Measures taken by M/s. Sri City during pandameic situation (Covid-19) Noval Corona Virus.

Sri Units Churn Out products to fight covid Co-ordination with government

Foxconn Women Employees going home after Community Central Kitchen imposition of lockdown

Relief Materials to villages in & around of Sri city and Truck Drivers

Precautionary Measures

215

Complaince of SOP units

Factory Inspection & Audit during Covid – 19

Sri City Working Data from March to July

Press Clips of Healthcare products from Sri City

216

Sri City MD Donates Rs.2Crore to CM relief fund for Covid-19

217

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping/ ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was suggested by MoEF&CC. Hence it is not applicable

218

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION The Environmental Management Plan should be integrated in overall project process covering all phases of project cycles such as design, location, construction and operation. It is required to ensure sustainable development in the proposed project area. It is an action plan proposed to control pollution at its source level before it gets discharged out to the environment. The most reliable way to ensure that the plan will be integrated into the overall project planning and implementation is to include the plan as an integral component of the project. This will ensure that it receives funding and supervision along with other investment components. For optimal integration of EMP into the project, there should be link for: Funding: It helps to ensure that the proposed actions are adequately financed. Management & Training: It helps in embedded training, technical assistance and other institutional strengthening items in mitigation measures to implement the overall management plan. Monitoring: It helps to evaluate the success of mitigation measures. 10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL An effective organizational structure should be set up for the effective implementation of the mitigation measures to minimize the impacts due to activities in the industrial area. The responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell are given below:  To implement the mitigation measures.  To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.  To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control measures.  To intimate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.  Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental laws.  Conducting environmental awareness Programme for patients and employees on safety issues, water management and energy conservation.

219

Figure 10-1: Environmental Management Cell 10.3 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES Solar lightings will be proposed within the industrial park in the utilities area.  Use of LED lights within the Industrial & commercial units will be encouraged  The sun path has been used to arrive at the building orientation. This mitigates the overheating & glare when sunlight is excessive.  Buildings will be shaped to ensure ample natural lighting.  Large openings for ample natural lighting in the buildings.  Windows, skylights and glazing will be provided to reduce both heating/ cooling energy consumption.  Use of exterior shading devices (Awnings) and interior shading devices (Roller shades,vertical blinds) 10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

10.4.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT The impact during construction stage is temporary and it will decrease gradually when the construction activities get over. The works which will be carried out during the construction phase are grading and leveling for the construction of roads, sewage network, storm water system and places required for the construction of buildings. Most of the materials gained through excavation process will be reused within the industrial area. Another important source of dust generation is the movement of vehicles

220

carrying construction materials and loading and unloading process of construction materials. Some of the control measures proposed to be followed are given below:  Transportation of raw material during non-peak hours  Idling of delivery trucks should not be permitted on roads  Equipment shall be located away from sensitive receptor location  Frequent water sprinkling to prevent fugitive dust emission

10.4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT  The waste generated through construction will not be allowed to spoil surface water or ground water. The runoff water from the proposed site gets collected to working pit and if there is any overflow, it will be diverted to the green belt or other plantation area.  The waste generated will be segregated based on their nature and will be disposed properly.  Solid waste will be recycled and disposed off separately.  The sewage generated during construction phase from temporary toilets used by the construction workers will be treated through existing sewage treatment plants and reused.  The waste water generated by washing construction equipment’s and vehicles used for construction will be directed to the working pit.

10.4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT  Sensitive neighboring sites will be identified and barriers will be erected to safeguard those sides from impacts.  Noise protective equipment will be provided to the operator of the machine.  Silencer/dampers will be attached to the equipment to reduce noise from the equipment to surrounding areas.

10.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT The solid waste generated during construction phase will be segregated and reused. It will not be allowed to settle in working pits as suspended solids. The solid waste generated during excavation process will be used for leveling purposes. All the construction materials will be stored in the respective area and it will not be allowed to damage the properties of soil.

10.4.5 SOLID WASTE MITIGATION MEASURES The solid waste generated during construction phase will be inert in nature and these wastes does not create any chemical or bio chemical pollution. Most of the solid material will be used for filling or leveling of low lying areas. The construction waste generated would be gone under reduce, recycle and reuse processes. These wastes will be segregated into heaps, so that it facilitates reuse process. The reuse of construction material basically depends on their separation and conditions of the separated

221

10.4.6 DRAINAGE  Drainage system will be provided for the site to avoid flow of runoff to the surrounding properties and roads, especially during the monsoon months.  Water accumulated during excavation will be pumped out and disposed off either in the municipal storm water drain or into recharge soak pits of dry bore wells.

222

Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan – Construction Phase S.No Environmental Potential Source Mitigative Measures Responsibility Parameter Impact 1. Land Loss of Site Clearance,  The topsoil shall be properly stored and used for levelling in the low- Excavated top excavation & lying area. The construction debris shall be used to level the low soil levelling lying area  Excavation will be carried out in such a manner that it will not reduce slope stability Contractor  The top soil will be used for landscaping and leveling activities on site.  On windy days excavation activities will be avoided to reduce dust emissions  Excavated soil will be prevented from spilling out of the site 2. Water Quality Increase in Loose soil at  During monsoon season run-off from construction site shall be suspended construction site routed to a temporary sedimentation tank for settlement of solids due to soil suspended solids. run-off during  Drainage system will be provided for the site to avoid water runoff monsoon season on to the surrounding properties and roads, especially during the Contractor monsoon months.  If during excavation, water accumulates in the excavated areas, it will be pumped out and disposed of either in the municipal storm water drain or into recharge soak pits of dry bore wells. 3. Air Quality Increase in Movement of  Isolate the construction area with flexible enclosures/ curtains so ambient heavy vehicles, that the air emissions will not spread in the surroundings. dust, PM, CO excavation and  Sprinkling of water in the construction area and unpaved roads. and levelling activity Proper maintenance of vehicles shall be done. NOX levels  Restrict dust-generating activities, such as blasting or top soil Contractor removal, to calm wind conditions.  Cover heavy vehicles moving offsite. Restrict vehicle speed on construction roads and ensure vehicles use only dedicated construction roads and access points.  Visually monitor particulate emissions from diesel vehicles and

223

S.No Environmental Potential Source Mitigative Measures Responsibility Parameter Impact carryout regular maintenance of equipment.

4. Noise Increase in Construction  Develop and implement a construction noise management plan. ambient Noise Equipment  Sensitive neighboring sites will be identified and barriers will be level erected to safeguard those sides from impacts.  Noise protective equipment will be provided to the operator of the machine. Contractor  Silencer/dampers will be attached to the equipment to reduce noise from the equipment to surrounding areas.  Noise prone activities will be restricted during night time.  Limit hours of construction where ever practical. 5. Surrounding Site Clearances,  Adjacent roads of the site will be swept at least once a day that get area movement of soiled due to the frequent movement of trucks to and fro from the vehicles site. Sri City  All outdoor lighting, will be designed, installed and operated to ensure that all direct rays from project lighting are contained within construction site. 6. Solid / Storage and The hazardous These materials will be stored and handled according to the APPCB Hazardous disposal of Solid materials used guidelines. Waste / Hazardous during construction  Diesel and other fuels will be stored in separate enclosures. Waste phase may include  Wherever possible, hazardous raw materials will be substituted by petrol, diesel, non-hazardous materials for example cleaning solvent will be

welding gas and replaced with film – free biodegradable cleaners. Usage of non- paints. chlorinated strippers instead of strippers containing methylene chloride and substitution of water based paint for oil based ones.  Vehicle maintenance area will be designed to prevent contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. 7. Terrestrial Loss of Site Clearance &  Green buffer areas will be set up around the periphery of the site & Sri City Ecology vegetation levelling greenbelt will be set up within the site

224

Table 10-2: Environmental Management Plan – Operation Phase Potential S.No Discipline Source Mitigative Measures Responsibility Negative Impacts  All internal roads will be designed as per IRC standards.  Stacks of adequate height will be provided for DG sets.  The emission from the stacks of Industries will be Increase in dust monitored for exit concentration of Oxides of nitrogen Vehicular traffic (PM) and gaseous and Sulphur-dioxide. 1. Air Quality Diesel generators Sri City/Industires pollutants in  Necessary air pollution control devices will be installed Production activities ambient air by the concerned industry.  All industries will be required to allot area for greenbelt development as per norms.  Use advance and proper methods to control and reduce air pollution from industries.  Acoustic enclosures will be provided for DG sets. Vehicles diesel Necessary noise pollution control devices will be Increase in Noise 2. Noise generators installed by the concerned industry. Sri City/ Industires Levels production activites  Industrial & other units will be separated by providing buffer area of greenbelt  Common sewage treatment plant will be set up  Industries that attract provisions of Water (P&CP) Act, Surface water 1974 will be directed to set up ETP for treating trade pollution if effluent discharged outside Water Domestic & trade  Individual industires will proposed ETP to treate the 3. site Reduction in Sri City/ Industires Quality effluent generation effluent generated from the industries and treated quantity & quality wastewater will be recycled. of groundwater  There will be no discharge of treated wastewaters resources outside the site. The ZLD will be imposed to all the industries

225

Potential S.No Discipline Source Mitigative Measures Responsibility Negative Impacts  Efficient storm water & rainwater harvesting structures will be set up within the site by the proponent. Localized increase Vehicle movement  All internal roads will be spaced & designed as per IRC in fugitive / in/out of site during guidelines. emissions. peak hours.  Improvement of infrastructure, use of modern 4. Traffic Sri City Increase of vehicle emission standard vehicles for transportation, count in existing Additional vehicle provision of the proper parking yard and evaluate road movement impact of traffic density and vehicular emissions.  The proponent will set up & maintain a common solid waste transfer station within the site.  SW will be segregated at source to ensure all Odour & biodegradable wastes. MSW & Hazardous deterioration of  Digested MSW & sludge from STP will be used as Sri City/Industries Solid Waste waste 5. surroundings manure.  Hazardous wastes generated by the industries shall be disposed to APPCB authorized TSDF facilties/ Recyclers. Impact on human  All solid waste will be segregated at source and will be Domestic usage Sri City /Industires health given to authorized agents for recycling /composting. Strain on existing  All ultra-modern work environments shall be provided amenities like inside the project site. Demography water sources and Influx of people of  The proposed Phase II would generate employment 6. and Socio- Sri City sanitation and Proposed project. both directly and indirectly. This would enhance Economic infrastructure overall socioeconomic development and quality of life facilities. of people. Emissions from  Stacks of adequate height will be provided for DG sets. Terrestrial Impact on plant vehicles  Necessary air pollution control devices will be installed 7. Sri City Ecology species Diesel generators by the concerned industries. production activities  All industries will be required to allot area for

226

Potential S.No Discipline Source Mitigative Measures Responsibility Negative Impacts greenbelt development as per norms.  Acoustic enclosures will be provided for DG Sets.  Necessary noise pollution control devices will be installed by the concerned industry  Efficient storm water & rainwater harvesting Water logging During monsoon structures will be set up within the site by the Sri City within the site season Storm Water proponent. 8. Control  Provide separate storm water drainage network. Separate storm water drains Provide rainwater-harvesting pits for percolation of will be provided rainwater. In case of Fire emergency nearby Fire station will be called and the required water Accidents / for fire extinguishing will be Fire and  Preparation & implementation of DMP will be the 9. disasters related Production activities provided through a dedicated Safety responsibility of each industry to fire and safety fire water storage sump. Regular fire safety training and mock drills will also be conducted.

227

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION PHASE

10.5.1 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT It is envisaged that the emission of pollutants will be high from industries and vehicular emissions. The

major pollutants will be SO2, NOx and particulate matter. To control the emissions of Sulphur and nitrogen from DG set of upcoming industries is proposed to meet the guidelines of MoEF&CC. The following method of abatement will be followed for the control of air pollution are as follows:  DG set will have appropriate stack height as prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)  Open burning of any waste shall not be allowed.  Green belt area  Water spraying on internal road Table 10-3: Air Pollution Control Measures S.No Air Pollutant Source Control At Common Facilities

1 PM10/ PM2.5/ SO2/ NOx & CO DG Set Stack height and air pollution equipments meeting MoEF regulations At individual Industry 2 Process emission of industries Fugitive in nature Standardization of during material flow equipments and accessories (engineering Standards)

3 PM10/ PM2.5/ SO2/ NOx & CO DG sets and Boilers Stack height and air pollution control equipments meeting MoEF&CC

10.5.2 NOISE QUALITY MANAGEMENT All the noise generating equipments in the development of Sri City industrial Area will be designed not to exceed the noise levels 85-90 dB as per Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The equipments will be provided with acoustic shield siren closures to minimize the noise level inside the upcoming industries of the industrial area. Some of the practices proposed for noise attenuation are as follows:  Sound levels will be consistent with local government regulations.  Ambient noise levels will be monitored periodically monitored to determine compliance with the norms.  Noise levels will be monitored at point source for occupational noise exposure and ensuring health risk.

228

 Proper maintenance of transportation vehicles.  Development of green belt to minimize noise levels.  Anti-vibration pad will be provided to all noise generating machines like pumps, compressors etc.

10.5.3 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT i. Water Management Sri City distributes treated water to all the units through its internal water treatment plant on a 24 x 7 basis. With an allocation of 1 TMC of water from the Government of Andhra Pradesh and armed with efficient rainwater harvesting system. ii. Waste Water Generation The sewer line network is designed as per the IS and EU standards. Through the underground sewage network, all the sewage collected from industrial, commercial and residential units are transported to the Sewage Treatment Plants (STP), where it is treated and used for horticulture, landscaping and toilet flushing. With the help of parallel recycled-water distribution networks the treated water is used for horticulture and toilet flushing. During construction period the sewage generated from labour camps will be treated in the existing STP of 4 MLD which is sufficient to handle the load from proposed Phase II. During operation phase wastewater generated will be treated by individual industries and the treated water shall be used by them in their premises while sewage generated from industries will be treated in the proposed STP of 4 MLD, additional expansion will be taken up by developer based on demand.

10.5.4 RAIN WATER HARVESTING AND STORM WATER MANAGEMENT STORM WATER MANAGEMENT  The storm water drainage network runs along all roads that border customer units, enabling efficient drainage and discharge of rainwater.  The water passes through rainwater harvesting pits before the surplus water empties into storm water drains/creeks.  The capacity and coverage of the system has been designed taking into account the past 50 years’ rainfall data. Provision for rain water harvesting is built-in for all the edifices in Sri City for optimum water usage.

229

RAIN WATER HARVESTING PERCOLATION PITS  Percolation pits are based on Building design, Total builtup area and FSI.  Local rule of Municipal/Urban Authority will be followed to capitalize rainwater & methods of harvesting it.  The top covered with perforated R.C.C. slab.  Major soil types are Red Loamy, Red Sandy, Mixed Red

Figure 10-2: Percolation Pit Details  A network of storm water drains will be proposed all along the direction along the main roads and cross roads  Runoff from roads and paved / landscaped areas will be directed to storm water drains.  Water collected through drains is finally discharged into rain water harvesting drains. Calculation for Storm Water Drainage for Phase II Area Direction of Flow S.No Name of the Tank Lead to Lead to Final Discharge 1. RALAKUPPAM TANK →→ CHERIVI TANK→→ EGUMADURAI DOWNSTREAM TANK→→ 2. MADANAPALEM TANK →→ CHERIVI TANK→→ EGUMADURAI DOWNSTREAM TANK→→ 3. KOLLADAM TANK→→ EGUMADURAI DOWNSTREAM TANK→→ 4. IRUGULAM TANK →→ ARUR TANK→→ DOWNSTREAM 5. ARUR SMALL TANK→→ ARUR TANK→→ DOWNSTREAM 6. ARUR KANDRIKA→→ ARUR TANK→→ DOWNSTREAM 7. PEDDAPUDI TANK→→ DOWNSTREAM 8. THONDUR ERI→→ KK KALVA→→ DOWNSTREAM

230

Figure 10-3: Hydrology Map of Sri City Phase II

231

10.5.5 SOLID WASTE AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT During the construction phase there will be a possibility to generate minor quantity of hazardous waste from construction labor i.e., used batteries from vehicles/trucks, used oils, etc., Contractor is responsible for disposing of generated waste. Municipal solid waste generated during construction & operation phase will be collected, segregated & disposed. In the existing Segregation unit the proposed waste are also to be segregated for disposal. The biodegradable wastes are sent for composting and the manure is used for the gardening purposes. The non- biodegradable waste are sold to authorized recycles.  It is estimated that around 18.4 TPD of MSW and industrial waste (hazardous, non-hazardous and recyclable waste) will be generated from the proposed project.  The municipal solid waste shall be disposed to APPCB approved vendors by respective industry.  The biodegradable wastes are sent for composting and the manure is used for the gardening purposes. The non-biodegradable waste are sold to authorized recyclers.  The industrial solid waste generated daily shall be collected via trucks and transported to the proposed collection point (Transfer Station). This station receive loads of process able solid waste in varying sizes and consolidation takes place into tractor/trailer size loads and then the larger loads are transported to the landfill site.  For disposal of hazardous waste, responsibility lies with individual units for storage and disposal as per APPCB norms  An Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) will be made with the individual industries for the disposal of both the industrial effluents as well as the Industrial Solid waste management which states that the individual industries are responsible for the disposal of industry generated waste to the nearest Transport, Storage, Disposal Facility (TSDF), or disposal of Hazardous waste to authorized recycles and management authorities.

10.5.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT In order to comply with the MoEF guidelines for green belt development within the proposed development of Sri City Industrial Area, Sri City is planning to develop thick green buffer in the form of green belt to a width of 15 meters should be provided all along the periphery of the industrial area. The width of the shelter belt will vary in different areas depending on the availability of land. All the plants are locally adapted and the present site can support their growth with suitable horticulture practices. Green belt development is one of the most effective environmental pollution control. This is very effective in trapping the pollution causing agents viz. dust and gaseous pollutants. The green belt is being proposed for the following objectives:

232

 Mitigation of fugitive emissions

 Noise pollution control

 Preventing soil erosion

 Balancing eco-environment

 Aesthetics 10.5.6.1 Trees in Sri City Phase II  The land has good number of trees, covered with mango shrubs, bushes, fine tree.  The individual units will dedicate required amount of green belt area in their respective zone based on the recommendation and condition of CFE & CFO.  Sri City maintains a nursery of about 350,000 plants and these are available for Sri City and the units for immediate planting.  The selection of species is done as per advice of Forest Department, Govt of AP who have given us a list of 62 species which can grow well in our region. The survival rate of these species in our area is over 85 percent. In addition, we are also doing Miyawaki plantation for increasing the green cover. Suggested Green Belt Species Plantation Details S.No Name of the species 1. Accasia nelotica 2. Adennthera Pavonc 3. Aegle mormilos 4. Albizzia procera 5. Albizzia Richradina 6. Alstonia scholoris 7. Anthocephalus kadamba 8. Artocarpus integrifolia 9. Azardirachta indica 10. Bauhinia blackii 11. Bauhinia purpuria 12. Bauhinia recemosa 13. Borassus flabllifer 14. Canophyllum inophyllum 15. Cassia fistula 16. Cassia Javanica 17. Cassia nodosa 18. Cassia renegera 19. Cassia siamea 20. Cassia glauca 21. Corida mixa

233

Plantation Details S.No Name of the species 22. Corida Sebastena 23. Couropita guinensis 24. Dalbergia latifolia 25. Dalbergia sissoo 26. Dendrocalmus strictus 27. Feronia elephantum 28. Ficus bengalensis 29. Ficus glomerata 30. Ficus infectoria 31. Ficus religiosa Grevellea robusta 32. 33. Holoptelia integrifolia 34. Kaigelia pinneta 35. madhuka longifolia 36. Millingtonia hortensis 37. Phyllanthus emblica 38. Pongamia pinnata 39. Pterocarpus marsupium 40. Pterocarpus santalinus 41. Switenia mahagani 42. Syzigium cumini 43. Syzigium jambose 44. Tecoma gadichowdi 45. Tecoma grandis Terminalia arjuna 46. Thespesia populnia 47. 48. Thivetia nerifolia

234

Figure 10-4: Green Zoning

235

10.5.7 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT Vehicle movement will be regulated inside the site with adequate road sand parking lots. The lay out of the proposed site has been planned to develop an internal road network in such a manner that it integrates the whole proposed project in an interesting composition to built masses and open spaces with a pedestrian dominated movement pattern. Main entry of the project is planned from the approach road on the northern and eastern side. An adequate wide drive way to cater one way traffic has been planned inside the project site. Car parking has been designed based on the following assumptions:  One car for flat area less than 150 Sq.m  10 % of visitor cars  Club house–one car for every 50 Sq.m  Truck parking

10.5.8 FIRE SAFETY MEASURES Fire fighting system of the proposed building is designed based on their commendations of NBC 2005. All the member industries going to come up in the Sri City Phae-II will have their own unit/site specific for fire protection system and common fire protection system as additional backup and support required any combating eventualities due to fire accident. The following safety measures are envisaged:

 Automatic detection and Alarm system

 Manually operated electric fire alarm system

 Automatic sprinkler system

 External yard hydrant

 Fire Extinguisher

 Hose Reel

10.5.9 HUMAN HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT The objectives to ensure the health and safety of onsite personnel are proactively managed during the construction stage of the project. The human health and safety of the proposed projects areas follows:  Construction site will be readily available with first aid kit for the construction workers and employees.  Suitable transport will be available to take the injured person to the nearest hospital immediately.

236

 The primary health concern on potential health risk for the construction workers and other employees on site during construction are associated with drinking water quality.  The project site will comply with all regulation regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gang way, stair wells, excavations and safe means of entry and exit.  The project will also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used in the form of paste or readymade paint. Face mask will be provided for workers when paint is applied in the form of spray.  Workers will be provided with ear plugs, face masks, protective foot wear, goggles, helmets, safety belt to the workers working at higher platforms, gloves to all workers employed in mixing. 10.6 SOCIO – ECONOMIC BENEFITS Industrial area development project is not going to have any negative impact on the social or cultural life of the villagers in the near vicinity. This area development activity will provide job opportunities, which will help them to develop economically. Industrial area development will be done with the vision of leaving a positive impact on socio- economics of people living in the nearby villages. A first-aid centre to meet the basic medical needs of employees will be provided.

10.6.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL So far Sri City and units have created 40,000 direct jobs and 30,000 indirect jobs. Also 50 % of the work force is women. There is negligible unemployment in our area after phase II of the project. There would be temporary influx of people during the construction phase of the project.  Total man power requirement during construction phase will be about 3000 person.  During operation phase of the project, direct employment will be generated for the 20,000 people, among which 50% would be women. Sri City will create revenues for State Government and Central Government by means of taxes, cess etc.

10.6.2 SAFETY AND SECURITY Steps involved in the prevention and control of risk are as follows:  Training to be given to the workers regarding lifting of materials & handling, Placement of weight limits, selection of tools and implementation of administrative controls in the site for the development.  Implementation of good house-keeping practices, such as sorting and placing loose construction materials or demolition debris in identified areas away from footpath.

237

 A fall protection plan will be implanted for the persons who will work in height sand also depending on the nature and aspects of the fall hazard.  Appropriate measures will be taken for the prevention and control of hazards caused by moving objects and machinery.  Suitable dust suppressing measures will be implemented to suppress dust generated from moving vehicles and construction activities. 10.7 BUDGETRY PROVISION Environmental Monitoring and other mitigation measures as proposed in the above sections shall be implemented by the project proponent during the construction and operation period. The detailed budget provisions are presented in Table 10-4. Table 10-4: Budgetary Provision for EMP Approx. Capital Approx. Recurring S.No Description Cost / Annum Cost / Annum (Rupees) (Rupees) Construction Phase 1. Medical cum first aid facility completed 200000 2. Toilets with STP in the labour Colony 300000 75000 3. Supply of Drinking water for the labours 150000 25000 4. Sprinkler for suppression of dust 100000 75000 5. Solid Waste for labour camp & Construction site 50000 80000 Operation Phase 6. Monitoring Programme & Preventive Measures Air - 300000 Noise 100000 100000 Water 250000 250000 Soil 350000 350000 7. Green Belt Development Afforestation, Shelter belt plan 100000 300000 8. STP / ETP O&M, Chemicals etc., 500000 9. Solid Waste Management Dumping, maintenance and PPE. 400000 10. D.G.Sets DG set emission stacking & Sampling 250000 150000 11. Rainwater & Storm Water Rain water & Storm Water collection tanks/pond 250000 150000 12. Energy Conservation Solar power plants &other solar energy 250000 200000 operated equipments 13. CER 150000 200000

238

10.7.1 ENVIRONMENT POLICY OF SRI CITY Use of Ground water & RWH:- All units at Sri City are forbidden from use of ground water for any commercial or applicable use within their factory premises and RWH is mandatory condition to obtain building permit. Height of Chimney:-Units are allowed to install chimneys as specified by APPCB to discharge air pollutants. The units shall be liable to meet ambient air quality standards as prescribed by Government of India through gazette notification from time to time. Units shall also be responsible for periodic maintenance and installation of required fixtures to arrest air pollutants at their cost. Holding of hazardous waste & disposal:- Units are required to hold hazardous waste generated through their process within their factory premises or under soil and the same shall be disposed thorough an authorized vendor as approved by APPCB within 90 days. Collection of waste by Sri City:- Sri City shall only collect and dispose only office use waste, recyclable waste from units. These wastes are required to be deposited in the collection bins as provided by Sri City during the collection time. Herein; Sri City shall not be collecting any hazardous waste from factory premises. Disposal of Construction waste:- All units are restricted to dispose construction waste during the construction period and shall segregate the same before handing over to Sri City. The waste such as RMC, used oils, paints drums will be at unit scope and disposal process shall be as submitted to APPCB during application process. Green Belt Development:- Units are required to develop greenbelt as proposed during the application for start of construction and further based on the condition stipulated in their respective consent for establishments. Use of Fuels:- All units are restricted from use of any fuel such as wood, coal, rice husk or charcoal which has high Sulphur, lead or nitrogen contents. Water Bodies or surface water:- Units are restricted from use of surface water or any kind of discharge into the water bodies. The water bodies are required to be conserved in its natural habitats. Tree cutting:- Units shall not undertake any tree cutting within or outside their plot without prior written permission from Developer and forest office. Energy Efficiency resources:- Use of Solar power, solar heater , green glasses, LED lights and day time saving is required to be done by units wherever possible and feasible.

239

11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION M/s. Sri city has now proposed to develop phase II 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres) at rallakuppam, kolladam, irugulam, thonduru, mallavaripalem & peddetipakkam villages, in satyavedu & varadiapalem mandal, chittoor district of andhra pradesh. 11.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING OF THE SITE The proposed site of highlights and salient features is given below in Table 11.1. Table 11-1: Site Salient Features Selection criteria Details ≃ 34m AMSL to 50 m AMSL towards Western side of the Project Boundary Elevation above Mean Sea Level ≃ 13m AMSL to 24m AMSL towards Eastern side of the Project Boundary Max. Temp. 36.9o C Climatic Conditions Min. Temp. 20.9o C Average Rainfall: 756 mm Land availability 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres). SH50 Satyavedu Road – Adjacent to the Project Boundary, towards W. Nearest Highway SH52 ≃ 7.7km, S NH16 Chennai Kolkata Highway ≃ 13.2km, NE Arambakkam Railway Station ≃ 7.8km- NE Nearest Railway station Tada Railway Station ≃ 2.5 km, NE Tirupati Airport ≃ 78.7km via Chennai Road, NW Nearest airport Chennai Airport ≃ 90km, SE Arror ≃ 2km, E Manellore ≃ 5.8km via Pondhavakkam Road, S Edur ≃ 8.4km Madhapakkam- Arror Road, E Ramapuram ≃ 9.4km via Arambakkam- Arror road, E Nearest Town / City Satyavedu ≃ 9.8km, SW Tada ≃ 3 km N Pudi ≃ 7.8 km Via Palymra road, NE Arambakkam ≃ 6.2km Via Palmyra Road, ENE Varadaiahpalem ≃ 8.3km NNW Topography Undulating terrain Archaeologically important places Nil within 15 km radius from project site National parks/ Wildlife Pulicat Bird Sanctuary (Protected Area) ≃ 4.5 km, NE Sanctuaries Poovalambedu Lake ≃ 9.4km, SSE Pulicat Lake ≃ 4.5 km, E Water Bodies/Rivers Telugu Ganga Canal ≃ 9th Canal Tada Falls ≃ 3 km, N

240

11.3 SITE CONNECTIVITY The proposed site is well connected by the roads, rail & waterways and the details of the site connectivity is shown in below Table 11.2. Table 11-2: Site Connectivity Location Sri City Nearest Railway Station  Arambakkam Railway Station ≃ 7.8km- NE  Tada Railway Station ≃ 2.5 km, NE Major roads  SH50 Sathyavedu Road – Adjacent to the Project Boundary, towards W.  SH52 ≃ 7.7km, S  NH16 Chennai Kolkata Highway ≃ 13.2km, NE Nearest Airport  Tirupati Airport ≃ 78.7km via Chennai Road, NW  Chennai Airport ≃ 90km, SE 11.4 PROJECT SITE AREA Land use breakup of the proposed is given in below Table 11.3. Table 11-3: Land use Breakup of the proposed project S.No Description Area (Acres) Area (Hectares) % of Land use 1. Industrial/ Commerical zone 1238.45 501.187 55.97 2. Multiple use zone 226.35 91.60 10.24 3. Residential zone 194.26 78.61 8.78 4. Transporation and Facilities 129.14 52.26 5.84 5. Open space and green belt 279 112.916 12.61 6. Commercial 145.255 58.795 6.56 Total 2212.455 895.35 100

The proposed industrial area will include following infrastructure facilities:  Industrial Plots  STP & CETP  Approach roads  Power Sub-Stations  Internal roads with storm water drains   Power supply and street lighting  Rain Water Harvesting System  Water supply network  Public utilities  Parking/Buffer zone area.  Green Belt Development  Commercial  Residential

11.5 WATER REQUIREMENT OF THE SITE The estimated water demand during the construction phase is 220 KLD (approx.), 80 KLD for labours and 140 KLD for construction activities and during construction phase the water required will be sourced from tanker supply. Water demand during the operation phase is 20.5 MLD. Water Balance Chart is given in Figure 11-1.

241

Figure 11-1: Water Balance Diagram 11.6 WASTEWATER GENERATION The wastewater system is designed for the expected wastewater flows based on the water requirements. Wastewater generated is assumed to be 85% of the water supplied to consumers. The estimated Sewage generation during operation phase will be 1.76 MLD. The treated water shall be reused for toilet flushing, gardening etc. and the wastewater generated from the industries will be treated in their respective Effluent Treatment Plants (ETP) on the basis of zero discharge concept. The treated effluent will be reused for industries like cooling, heat exchangers, boilers, cleaning equipment’s etc. 11.7 SOLID WASTE GENERATION The quantities of waste likely to be generated from the industrial and non-industrial phases have been estimated on the basis of population and land use characteristics. Table 11.4 presents the estimated solid waste quantities from the proposed project. Table 11-4: Solid waste quantities from the proposed project. Total waste from Bio- Degradable, Non- biodegradable, Recyclable S.No Solid Waste different phases, in Kg/day in Kg/day in Kg/day in Kg/day 1. Industrial Waste 2877 3699 1644 8219 2. Residential Waste 4662 2720 389 7770 Other 3. (commercial, CA, 988 1080 230 2298 GBD, Roads etc.) 4. STP Sludge 210 210

242

Total waste from Bio- Degradable, Non- biodegradable, Recyclable S.No Solid Waste different phases, in Kg/day in Kg/day in Kg/day in Kg/day Total Solid Waste, in 8737 7498 2262 18498 Kg/day

11.8 POWER REQUIREMENT The total power requirement for the proposed Phase II is 200 MVA, which is sourced from Government of Andhra Pradesh. The Government of Andhra Pradesh has allocated 400 MVA of electricity via G.O. Rt. No. 449, the same is attached as Annexure IV. Additionally M/s. Sri City has a Solar Power plant of 5 MW capacity. 10 nos. of DG Sets is proposed with 2 MVA capacity each as power backup. The current usage for the Phase I is 150 MVA. 11.9 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNSTIVE SITES CONSIDERED During siting of the proposed development of Sri City Integrated business centre, care will be taken to minimize the adverse impact of the proposed project on the immediate neighbourhood as well as distant places. Some of the natural life sustaining systems and some specific land uses are sensitive and vulnerable to the outputs. With a view to protect such sensitive systems, shall maintain the mentioned guidelines. Overlooking the environmental factors during the selection at the project initiation stage will generally increase the project cost due to the increase in the compliance to environmental regulations and also will make the project vulnerable to opposition from the public. The selected site is best suited for industrial activities. Hence no other alternative sites have been proposed. Site selection for the development was made keeping the following points in view:  Mostly green and orange industries and a few red category units. Sri City will not take any of the core red units like tanneries, refineries, tyre plants, cement plants etc. Zoning map of Sri City will clearly showcase the location of green, orange and red industries.  Land is in possession of Sri City  Adjacent to Phase I, so that all the exisiting facilities can be used in phase II.  Lot of Common infrastructure from phase I can be utilized in phase II.  Air shed and topography of the region.  Watershed, drainage patterns and the hydrogeology of the region.  Meteorological conditions that favor the dispersion of air emission.  Major water bodies and downstream users within the study area.

243

11.10 BASELINE STUDY Baseline Environmental Studies covering a 10 km radial distance from the project site have been conducted for a period of three months from October 2020 to January 2021 to determine the existing status of various Environmental attributes viz., climatic and atmospheric conditions, Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Hydro geological, Land use pattern, Ecological and Socio-Economical environment, prior to setting up of the proposed project. This study would help to undertake corrective mitigation measures for protection of the environment on account of any change deviation of attributes due to activities of the proposed project.  Air Environment- The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at ten AAQM locations, with a frequency of twice a week continuously for three months, to assess the existing sub-

regional air quality status in winter season. PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were monitored on 24- hourly basis to enable the comparison with ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.

 PM10-A maximum value of 63 µg/m3 was observed at Sri City - Thondur II (AAQ4). A minimum of 38 µg/m3 was observed at Repallevada (AAQ5).The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial/residential/rural areas is 100µg/m3, the sampled locations are within the prescribed limit.

3  PM2.5 - The maximum value of 31 µg/m was observed at Pannamgadu (AAQ 9). A minimum of 18 µg/m3 was observed at Sri City - Thondur II and Repallevada (AAQ 4 and AAQ 5). The 24 hour’s applicable limit is 60µg/m3 for industrial/residential/rural areas, the sampled locations are within the prescribed limit. 3  SO2 -The maximum value of 8.8 µg/m was observed at Pallavada and Pannamgadu (AAQ 8 and 9). A minimum of 5.1 µg/m3 was observed at at Sri City – Kolladam and Repallevada (AAQ 1 and 5). The 24 hours applicable limit is 80µg/m3 for industrial/residential/rural areas, the sampled locations are within the prescribed limit.

 NO2 - The maximum value of 19.2 µg/m3 was observed at Pannamgadu (AAQ 9). A minimum of 11.6 µg/m3 was observed at Sri City - Irugulam (AAQ 3). The 24 hours applicable limit is 80 µg/m3 for industrial/residential/rural areas, the sampled locations are within the prescribed limit.  Water Environment-The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per BIS 10500 (2012) Standards is 6.5 to 8.5 beyond this range the water will affect the mucus membrane and or water supply system. During the study period, pH: The pH value of all ground water samples ranges from 7.14 to 8.01

244

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): The TDS in ground water samples range from 266 to 1548 mg/l, Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in ground water samples ranges from 110 mg/l to 420 mg/l, Total Hardness: The total hardness of ground water a sample range between 142 mg/l to 630 mg/l, Calcium: The Calcium content in ground water a sample range from 41 mg/l to 137 mg/l, Magnesium: The Magnesium content in ground water samples range from 12 mg/l to 70 mg/l, Chloride: The chloride content in ground water samples range from 72 mg/l to 496 mg/l, Sulphate: Sulphate content in ground water sample ranges from 22 mg/l to 230 mg/l, Nitrate: Nitrate content in ground water samples ranges from 1 to 14 mg/l, Iron: The iron content in all ground water sample ranges from BDL(<0.05) mg/l to 0.23 mg/l, Manganese: Manganese content in ground water samples found to be Below Detection Level (<0.02 mg/l). Fluoride: Fluoride content in ground water samples ranges from 0.13 mg/l to 0.46 mg/l, Sodium: Sodium content in ground water samples ranges from 46 mg/l to 310 mg/l, Potassium: Potassium content in ground water samples ranges from 1 mg/l to 17 mg/l, Lead: Lead content in ground water samples found to be Below Detection Level (<0.01 mg/l) at all the ground water sampling locations, Most of the heavy metals concentrations in the study area samples are below detection limits and all are well within limits.  Noise Environment- The noise monitoring has been conducted at six locations in the study area.  Day Time Noise Level:-Noise levels during day time were found to be in the range 48.7 – 58.6 dB (A). The maximum noise level was observed to be 58.6 dB (A) at Panamgadu (N9) and a minimum of 48.7 dB (A) was observed at Tadakuppam (N10). The monitored locations during the Day time are under the prescribed limit.  Night Time Noise Levels: -Noise levels observed to fall in the range 42.3 – 51.4 dB (A) during the night time. Maximum noise level of 51.4 dB (A) was observed at Pannamgadu (N9) and a minimum of 42.3 dB (A) at Kolladam (N1). The monitored locations during the night time are under the prescribed limit. The Noise Level data in the monitored area near project site is below the prescribed limit.  Soil Environment- It has been found red sandy soil observed that the pH of the soil ranges from 7.24 -7.81 indicating that the soil is ideal for plant growth. The nitrogen values are in the range of 9.8 -14.6 mg/kg and the potassium values range between 151 -180 mg/kg, which indicate that the soils have moderate quantities of potassium. The soil from the study area shows moderately fertility.

245

11.11 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT The demographic structure of the study area was derived primarily from data of Census record of Chittoor districts and covering two taluks and Nellore district covering one taluk of Andhra Pradesh state. Tiruvallur district covering one taluk of Tamil Nadu state. The Demographic structures of each village in the study area as per Census 2011. S.No Demographic Parameters Study Area Details 1 Name of state Andhra Padesh, Tamilnadu 2 Name of District Chittore,Nellore and Thiruvullur Varadaiahpalem,Satyavedu,Tada and 3 Name of Taluka Gummidipondi 4 No. of Total Villages 56 5 Total No. of Households 31138 6 Total Population 119608 7 Density of Population (hc) 379 Sex ratio (No. of female/1000 8 1008 males) 9 Scheduled castes 39539(33.06%) 10 Scheduled Tribes 7290(6.09%) 11 Literate 72572(60.67%) 12 Total Illiterate 47036(39.33%) 13 Total Worker 54822(45.83%) 14 Main Worker 44798(37.45%) 15 Marginal Worker 10024(8.38%) 16 Non Worker 64786(54.17%) The salient features of Socio-economic Profile are as follows: . Demographic Structure  The study area covers two district Chittoor and Nellore three taluk of Andhra Pradesh state and one Tiruvallur district and one Gummidipondi of Tamil Nadu state, total 56 (Both State) villages, in the study area. Total study area consisting of 31579.9 ha. With the population density of 379 person / km².  Total population in the study region (as per Census 2011) is 119608 with 59559 male and 60049 female populations. Overall sex ratio is 1008 Female per 1000 male, indicating female population is marginally higher in the region as compared with the male.  Total Scheduled Caste population is 39539(33.06%) Scheduled Caste Male populations are 19591(49.55%), and Scheduled Caste female population are 19948(50.49%).  Total Scheduled Tribe population is 7290 (6.09%) Scheduled Tribe Male populations are 3674 (50.40%), and Scheduled Tribe female populations are 3616(49.60%).  Total child population is 13221 (11.05%) total boys population are 6610 (50.00%), and total

246

girl’s population are 6611(50.00%). 11.12 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT In order to comply with the MoEF guidelines for green belt development within the proposed development of Sri City Industrial Area, Sri City is planning to develop thick green buffer in the form of green belt to a width of 15 meters should be provided all along the periphery of the industrial area. The width of the shelter belt will vary in different areas depending on the availability of land. All the plants are locally adapted and the present site can support their growth with suitable horticulture practices. Green belt development is one of the most effective environmental pollution control. This is very effective in trapping the pollution causing agents viz. dust and gaseous pollutants. The green belt is being proposed for the following objectives:  Mitigation of fugitive emissions  Noise pollution control  Preventing soil erosion  Balancing eco-environment  Aesthetics Trees in Sri City Phase II  The land has good number of trees, covered with mango shrubs, bushes, fine tree.  The individual units will dedicate required amount of green belt area in their respective zone based on the recommendation and condition of CFE & CFO.  Sri City maintains a nursery of about 350,000 plants and these are available for Sri City and the units for immediate planting.  The selection of species is done as per advice of Forest Department, Govt of AP who have given us a list of 62 species which can grow well in our region. The survival rate of these species in our area is over 85 percent. In addition, we are also doing Miyawaki plantation for increasing the green cover. 11.13 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN All units establishing its operations are required to seek fire & factory license from Andhra Pradesh fire & factory department and necessary arrangements are required to be in place before commencement of operations. All the facilities are equipped with emergency exits, assembly points, fire extinguishers / Hydrants, fire alarms and other amenities required to alert the occupants. In the event of floods – necessary facilities are in places – these are widely covered and described in disaster management policy of Sri City.

247

Lastly, a fully functional Fire station with required strength is operational within Sri City along with Police out post to provide necessary man power strength in any emergency situations. Sri City also has close proximity to AP fire station center of Chittoor, Nellore District of Andhra Pradesh – 15 KM  Preventive Action If a disaster is suspected, an action plan has to be prepared to prevent the disaster. The project in- charge is responsible for preventive action and the project in-charge should identify the sources of equipments, materials, labour and experts during emergency. The project in-charge should notify the officer for the following information: . Exit points for the public . Safety areas . Nearest medical facilities  Communication System An efficient communication system is essential for the success of any disaster management plan. This has to be worked out in consultation with local authorities involving police and fire department, hospital department considering the following points: . Identification of relevant officials and institutions for the first, second and third level of information. . Preparation of telephone directory of the officials and making it available to all concerned peoples. . Allotment of toll free number to a central communication centre. . Providing wireless communication devices to all security and communication officers. . Empowering central communication centre with latest communication equipment and tools.  Emergency Action Committee To ensure co-ordinate action, an emergency action committee shall be constituted. An emergency evacuation plan based on local needs and facilities available will be prepared. The broad content of plan will include the following: . Demarcation of the areas to be evacuated with priorities . Safe area and shelters . Security of property behind in the evacuated areas . Functions and responsibilities of various members . Setting up of joint control action . An elaborate firefighting arrangement will be designed for the proposed project.

248

. Functions and responsibilities of various members. 11.14 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN The Environmental Monitoring Programme is a vital process in successfully carrying out the Environment Management Plan (EMP) for any construction project. Based on project description, Environmental Baseline Data and Environmental Impacts, the Environmental Management Plans are suggested of the following:  Institutional set up for EMP Implementation  Construction Safety and Occupational Health Management  Rain Water Harvesting  Solid waste Management  Hazardous waste Management  Green Belt Development & Management  Disaster Management Plan  Risk and Emergency Preparedness Plan  Energy Management 11.15 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Table 11-5: Environmental Monitoring Program Monitoring Important Monitoring S.No Particulars Duration of Sampling Frequency Parameters 1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 24 hour PM10, PM2.5, NOx and CO, a Project site Once in a month continuously except SO2. CO 2 Stack Monitoring SO2,NOx,SPM,CO, a DG set Once in a 3 month 30min CO2, Temperature, Flow rate and velocity of gas. 3 Ambient Noise Level 8hr continuously a Near DG set Once in 3 months Noise level(dB) with 1hr interval 4 Ground / Drinking Water Quality Ground water at Parameters specified a Once in a months Grab Sampling project site underISO:10500,1993 5 Sewage Quality Monitoring a STP Inlet Physical, Chemical and Biological paramters Once Every 15days Grab Sampling b STP Outlet specified under IS 2490: 1982 6 Soil Quality a At the Green belt Once in a year Samples collected Parameter for soil quality:

249

Monitoring Important Monitoring S.No Particulars Duration of Sampling Frequency Parameters area from three different pH, texture, electrical depths viz., 30cm, conductivity, organic 60cm and 100cm matter, nitrogen, below the surface. phosphate, calcium, potassium and magnesium. No of Plants and animal 7 Flora and Fauna Once in a year - species All relevant parameters 8 Health Regular check ups - including HIV 11.16 BENEFITS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT The proposed development will have marginal adverse impacts on the local environment. With the implementation of the pollution control and environment management measures, the minor impacts anticipated during construction and operation phases will be further mitigated. The overall socioeconomic benefits that the development of this Sri City will bring to the region, with the planning efforts and commitments made justifies implementation of this project. The report also presents an assessment of the key beneficial and adverse impacts that are envisaged from this development, on the baseline environmental and socio-economic aspects of the region. The proposed development will provide business opportunities for the local people; they will also be benefited in the areas such as education, health care, infrastructure facilities and women empowerment. The Government of Andhra Pradesh will be benefited in terms of taxes and duties, the railways, ports and industries authorities, water supplying agencies etc. will be benefited indirectly. Thus, this project will lead to overall development of the region in particular and the state in general. Thus, in view of considerable benefits from the project without any major adverse environmental impact, the proposed project is most advantageous to the region as well as to the nation. For the effective implementation of the EMP, an Environmental Management System (EMS) will be established at the proposed project.  An Environmental Management cell  Environmental Monitoring Program  Personnel Training  Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action  Documentation – Standard operating procedures Environmental Management Plans and other records.

250

11.17 CONCLUSION Based on the environmental assessment, all possible environment aspects have been adequately assessed and necessary control measures have been formulated to meet with statutory requirements, in the preparation of the EIA-EMP. The project will provide impetus to the growth of Chittoor District. Implementing this project will not have any significant negative impacts and Sri City will also undertake various community welfare measures for the development of villages surrounding the site. Thus, the proposed project is a welcome development and may be accorded environmental clearance.

251

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT This chapter describes about the environmental consultant engaged in preparation of EIA report for Draft Environmental Impact Assessment report for proposed area of 895.368 Ha (2212.455 Acres) Ha at Rallakuppam, Kolladam, Irugulam, Thonduru, Mallavaripalem & Peddetipakkam villages, in Satyavedu & Varadiapalem Mandal, Chittoor District of Andhra Pradesh. 12.1 INTRODUCTION ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited (formerly ABC Environ Solutions Pvt. Ltd.) is an ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS 18001 Certified Company & leading Environmental Engineering & Consultancy Company constantly striving towards newer heights since its inception in 2006. Our Company is dedicated to providing strategic services in the areas of Environment, Infrastructure, Energy, Engineering and Multi lab. It is the first firm to be accredited by NABET (National Accreditation Board for Education and Training), Quality Council of India, as an EIA Consultant, approved for carrying out EIA studies and obtaining environmental clearance for various sectors such as Thermal Power Plants, Infrastructure, Industrial Estates/Complexes/Areas, Mining, Township & area development and Building construction projects etc. ABC Techno Labs is equipped with in-house, spacious laboratory, accredited by NABL (National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories), Department of Science & Technology, Government of India. Since establishment ABC Techno Labs focus on sustainable development of Industry and Environment based on sound engineering practices, innovation, quality, R&D and most important is satisfying customers need. The company has successfully completed more than 100 projects of a variety of industries, in the field of pollution control and environmental management solutions. The company is also dealing in the projects of waste minimization and cleaner production technology. The team of technocrats and scientist are well experienced to deal with the design, Manufacture, Fabrication, Installation, commissioning of Effluent/ Wastewater treatment plants, Sewage Treatment plants, and Combined Treatment plants. The company is having well-experienced team of Scientists & Engineers who are looking after environmental projects & well-equipped analytical laboratory with a facility including analysis of physical, chemical and biological parameters as per the requirements of the State Pollution Control Board and our clients.

252

12.2 SERVICES OF ABC TECHNO LABS INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED 1. Environmental Services  Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)  Environmental Management Plan (EMP)  Social Impact Assessment (SIA)  Environmental Baseline data collection for Air, Meteorology, Noise, Water, Soil, Ecology, Socio-Economic and Demography etc;  Environmental Monitoring  Socio-Economic Studies  Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan  Ecological & Human Health Risk Assessment Studies  Ecological Impact Assessment  Environmental Management Framework  Solid Waste Management  Hazardous Waste Management  Internship & Training 2. Turnkey Projects  Water Treatment Plants  Sewage Treatment Plant  Recycling & Water Conservation Systems  Zero Discharge System 3. Other Services  Operation & Maintenance of Water & Waste Water Plants  Water & Waste Water Treatment Chemicals  Pilot Plant studies  Feasibility studies & preparation of budgetary estimates 4. Laboratory Services  Chemical Testing  Environmental Testing  Microbiological Testing  Food Testing  Metallurgical Testing

253

12.3 SECTORS ACCREDITED BY NABET S. Sector Name of sectors No. No. 1 1 Mining of Minerals including Opencast & Underground Mining 2 2 Offshore & Onshore Oil and gas exploration, development & productions 3 3 Irrigation Projects 4 4 Thermal Power Plant 5 7 Mineral Beneficiation including palletisation 6 8 Metallurgical Industries – (Ferrous only) Secondary 7 9 Cement Plants 8 10 Petroleum Refining Industry 9 12 Asbestos milling and asbestos based products 10 15 Leather/Skin/hide processing industry 11 16 Chemical Fertilizers Petro-chemical Complexes (industries based on processing of petroleum fractions 12 18 & natural gas and/or reforming to aromatics) Petrochemical based processing (Processes other than cracking & reformation and 13 20 not covered under the complexes) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and 14 21 intermediated excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) 15 22 Distilleries Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and 16 24 manufacture of paper from ready pulp without bleaching 17 25 Sugar Industry Oil & gas transportation pipe line (crude and refinery/ petrochemical products), 18 27 passing through national parks / sanctuaries / coral reefs / ecologically sensitive areas including LNG Terminal Isolated storage & handling of hazardous chemicals (As per threshold planning 19 28 quantity indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000) 20 29 Airports Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), 21 31 Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes Industrial estates/ Parks/ Complexes/ Areas, export processing zones (EPZs), 22 32 Special economic zone (SEZs), Biotech parks, and Leather complexes. 23 33 Ports, Harbours, break waters and dredging 24 34 Highways. 25 36 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) 26 37 Common Municipal Solid Waste Management Facility (CMSWMF) 27 38 Building and Construction projects. 28 39 Townships and Area development projects Source: ABC Techno Labs India Pvt. Ltd.

254

12.4 STUDY TEAM ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited has carried out this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study. The multidisciplinary team included expertise in Environmental Impact Assessment, Air & Water pollution & Control measures, Noise Control measures, Ecology & bio-diversity, Land use, Geology, Environmental Chemistry and Socio-Economic planner. The team members involved in EIA study area: S.No Name Role 1. Dr.R.K.Jayaseelan FAE – Land use (LU), FAE – Water Pollution (WP), FAE – Hydrogelogy (HG) 2. Mrs. K. Vijayalakshmi FAE – Risk Assessment (RH), Air Quality Modeling & Prediction (AQ), FAE –Noise & Vibration (NV) 3. M.S. Baskar FAE – Geology (GEO) 4. Mr. Sushil Meshram FAE – Socio-Economic Expert (SE) 5. RatnaKumar V. Mudliar FAE - Soil Conservation (SC) 6. Abhik Saha FAE – Eco Biology (EB) FAE – Solid & Hazard Waste (SW & HW) 7. Muttaiah Mariappan FAE – Air Pollution (AP) Team Members 8. Mr. T U Dinesh Team Member- FAA 9. Mr. Robson Chinnadurai Senior Chemist 10. Mr. Sathish Field Technician 11. Mr. Hussain Field Technician

255